Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

rule+144

  • 61 solutum

    solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:

    soluisse,

    Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
    I.
    To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    Outwardly, to release.
    a.
    From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:

    solvite istas,

    i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:

    solvite istum,

    id. Mil. 5, 32:

    numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:

    jube solvi (eum),

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:

    ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:

    ut vincti solvantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §

    12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    ita nexi soluti (sunt),

    Liv. 8, 28, 9:

    solvite me, pueri,

    Verg. E. 6, 24:

    fore ut brevi solveretur,

    Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:

    canis solutus catena,

    Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:

    solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),

    Stat. Th. 5, 15:

    terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
    b.
    From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:

    solverat sol equos,

    unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:

    et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:

    et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,

    id. H. 11, 4:

    praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,

    Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:

    soluta toga,

    Quint. 11, 3, 147:

    vela solvere,

    Verg. A. 4, 574.—
    c.
    From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:

    Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,

    Prop. 2, 1, 69:

    fraxinus solvitur,

    from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:

    ceciditque soluta pinus,

    id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:

    pinus radice soluta, deficit,

    id. S. 5, 1, 152:

    solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:

    accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,

    detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;

    but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,

    Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:

    querno solvunt de stipite funem,

    id. F. 4, 333:

    fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,

    id. Am. 2, 11, 23:

    curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),

    Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:

    imber caelesti nube solutus,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:

    cum solis radii absumant,

    Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:

    solutum a latere pugionem,

    detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
    d.
    Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
    (α).
    With acc. alone:

    eisce confectis navem solvimus,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:

    navim cupimus solvere,

    id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:

    naves solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;

    3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,

    Liv. 45, 6:

    postero die solvere naves (jussi),

    id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:

    classem solvere,

    Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
    (β).
    With ab and abl.:

    navis a terra solverunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,

    Liv. 31, 7 med.:

    solvunt a litore puppes,

    Luc. 2, 649.—
    (γ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
    (δ).
    With abl.:

    complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    portu solventibus,

    id. Mur. 2, 4.—
    (ε).
    Absol. (sc. navem or naves):

    tertia fere vigilia solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 23:

    nos eo die cenati solvimus,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:

    altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,

    Liv. 31, 14 init.:

    qui inde solverant,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:

    solvi mare languido,

    Sen. Ep. 53, 1:

    fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,

    id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:

    non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,

    making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
    (ζ).
    With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):

    naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
    (η).
    Poet. usages:

    de litore puppis solvit iter,

    clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:

    nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,

    Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
    e.
    Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    cruor solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 9, 530:

    lacrimas solvere,

    id. Achill. 2, 256:

    solutis lacrimis,

    Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,

    partus solvere,

    to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
    2.
    To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
    a.
    In gen.:

    omne colligatum solvi potest,

    Cic. Fin. 11.—
    b.
    Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    solvere naves et rursus conjungere,

    Curt. 8, 10, 3:

    solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:

    dubitavit an solveret pontem,

    Curt. 4, 16, 8:

    solvere pontem,

    Tac. A. 1, 69:

    si pons solutus sit,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:

    solutus pons tempestatibus,

    Just. 2, 13, 9:

    currum (solis) solutum,

    Manil. 1, 740.—
    c.
    Of woven stuff:

    solvens texta,

    Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Of mountains:

    utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:

    tridente Neptunus montem solvit,

    id. Agam. 553.—
    e.
    Of the neck:

    soluta cervix silicis impulsu,

    broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
    f.
    Of a comet:

    momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
    g.
    Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:

    solve capillos,

    Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:

    crinem,

    id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:

    comas casside,

    Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
    h.
    Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;

    post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:

    ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,

    Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
    3.
    To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
    (α).
    Of a change into air or gas:

    calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,

    dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:

    nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,

    id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:

    ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 285;

    nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,

    Ov. M. 15, 845.—
    (β).
    Into a liquid, to melt:

    saepe terra in tabem solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:

    terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,

    id. ib. 3, 29, 4:

    nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,

    Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:

    ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,

    nivem solvere,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:

    rigor auri solvitur aestu,

    Lucr. 1, 493:

    ferrum calidi solvant camini,

    Manil. 4, 250:

    cerae igne solutae,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 47:

    Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,

    Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:

    (herba) quinto die solvitur,

    id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
    (γ).
    Of putrefaction:

    (vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,

    Verg. G. 4, 302.—
    (δ).
    Of change in general:

    inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,

    Ov. F. 1, 108:

    repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),

    Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
    (ε).
    Of expansion by heat:

    (uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
    (ζ).
    Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:

    gravitas aeris solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
    (η).
    Solvi in, to pass into, become:

    in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,

    Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:

    donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,

    disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:

    postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),

    Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
    4.
    To consume, to destroy, dissolve:

    solvere orbes,

    Manil. 1, 497:

    ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),

    Lucr. 3, 287:

    (Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,

    Liv. 39, 40, 11:

    si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:

    (turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,

    id. ib. 7, 9, 4:

    tabes solvit corpora,

    Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:

    nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),

    id. 3, 506:

    ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,

    Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:

    solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,

    Sen. Ep. 22, 3:

    hanc mihi solvite vitam,

    Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
    a.
    From the body, etc.:

    teque isto corpore solvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 703:

    soluta corpore anima,

    Quint. 5, 14, 13:

    qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,

    Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:

    vocem solvere,

    to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:

    suspiria solvit,

    Stat. Th. 11, 604:

    solvat turba jocos,

    Sen. Med. 114:

    solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:

    Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,

    unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
    b.
    Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:

    linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,

    Ov. M. 3, 261:

    lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:

    ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,

    id. Const. 11, 3:

    (fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,

    Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:

    magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,

    Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.

    of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,

    unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    c.
    From obligations and debts:

    solvit me debito,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:

    an nos debito solverit,

    id. Ep. 81, 3:

    ut religione civitas solvatur,

    Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:

    te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:

    hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,

    Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:

    sacramento solvi,

    Tac. A. 16, 13:

    cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,

    Dig. 49, 16, 13:

    militia solvere,

    Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:

    ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:

    ut manere solveretur,

    that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
    d.
    From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):

    si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,

    be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:

    atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,

    Ov. F. 6, 452:

    ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,

    id. ib. 2, 40:

    Helenen ego crimine solvo,

    id. A. A. 2, 371:

    quid crimine solvis Germanum?

    Stat. Th. 11, 379:

    solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
    e.
    From feelings, etc.:

    quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,

    Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:

    senatus cura belli solutus,

    Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:

    pectus linquunt cura solutum,

    Lucr. 2, 45:

    his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    soluti metu,

    Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:

    solvent formidine terras,

    Verg. E. 4, 14:

    solve metu patriam,

    Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:

    metu belli Scythas solvit,

    Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:

    haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:

    soluti a cupiditatibus,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:

    his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,

    id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:

    longo luctu,

    Verg. A. 2, 26:

    tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),

    Sen. Hippol. 450:

    solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 1063:

    Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:

    solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),

    the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:

    rabie tigrim,

    Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:

    ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),

    Sen. Ep. 95, 38:

    calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?

    i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:

    solvite animos,

    Manil. 4, 12.—With in:

    vix haec in munera solvo animum,

    i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
    f.
    From sleep, very rare:

    ego somno solutus sum,

    awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
    g.
    From labor, business, etc.:

    volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:

    solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,

    Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:

    Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,

    to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
    h.
    From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    frontem solvere disce,

    Mart. 14, 183:

    saltem ora trucesque solve genas,

    Stat. Th. 11, 373:

    solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:

    solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,

    be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:

    vultum risu solvit,

    relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:

    risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,

    Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,

    solvere judicem,

    unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:

    solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),

    Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:

    ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:

    cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:

    solventur risu tabulae,

    i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:

    quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
    k.
    From any cause of restraint.
    (α).
    To release from siege:

    Bassanitas obsidione solvere,

    Liv. 44, 30:

    patriam obsidione solvere,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
    (β).
    From moral restraints:

    hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,

    gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
    l.
    From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
    (α).
    To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:

    Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:

    cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 31:

    ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,

    id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:

    Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    solvatne legibus Scipionem,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:

    petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,

    Liv. 31, 50, 8:

    Scipio legibus solutus est,

    id. Epit. 56:

    Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,

    Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:

    ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,

    Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:

    (aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:

    solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,

    id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:

    nec leti lege solutas,

    Lucr. 3, 687:

    nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),

    Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:

    et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
    (β).
    Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:

    reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,

    i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:

    soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,

    id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:

    solutus Legibus insanis,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:

    quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,

    Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
    2.
    To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
    (α).
    Of troops, ranks, etc.:

    ubi ordines procursando solvissent,

    Liv. 42, 65, 8:

    incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,

    Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:

    agmina Diductis solvere choris,

    Verg. A. 5, 581:

    solvit maniplos,

    Juv. 8, 154:

    solvuntur laudata cohors,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:

    commissas acies ego possum solvere,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
    (β).
    Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:

    convivio soluto,

    Liv. 40, 14 fin.:

    convivium solvit,

    Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:

    Quid cessas convivia solvere?

    Ov. F. 6, 675:

    coetuque soluto Discedunt,

    id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
    (γ).
    Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:

    (discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,

    Quint. 1, 9, 2:

    quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,

    id. 9, 4, 14:

    ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,

    id. 1, 8, 13:

    non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
    3.
    Implying a change for the worse.
    a.
    To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):

    Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,

    Sen. Ep. 51, 5:

    usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:

    infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,

    Quint. 1, 2, 6:

    solutus luxu,

    id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:

    soluti in luxum,

    Tac. H. 2, 99:

    in lasciviam,

    id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:

    si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
    b.
    To make torpid by removing sensation.
    (α).
    To relax, benumb the limbs or body;

    as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,

    Lucr. 6, 798:

    ima Solvuntur latera,

    Verg. G. 3, 523:

    solvi debilitate corporis,

    paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:

    ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,

    Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:

    illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,

    Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:

    segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,

    wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:

    mentes solvere,

    to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
    (β).
    By frost ( poet.):

    solvuntur illi frigore membra,

    Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
    (γ).
    By sleep ( poet. for sopio):

    homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,

    Ov. M. 7, 186:

    corpora somnus Solverat,

    id. ib. 10, 369:

    molli languore solutus,

    id. ib. 11, 648;

    11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,

    id. ib. 8, 817:

    somno vinoque solutos,

    id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:

    ut membra solvit sopor,

    id. ib. 12, 867:

    non solvit pectora somnus,

    Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:

    solvitur in somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:

    aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,

    lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
    (δ).
    By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:

    corporibus quae senectus solvit,

    Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):

    (corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est,

    id. Ep. 66, 43:

    ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,

    id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:

    me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,

    Sen. Troad. 605:

    solvi inedia,

    Petr. 111:

    sic morte quasi somno soluta est,

    Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
    4.
    Of logical dissolution, to refute:

    non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,

    how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:

    argumentum solvere,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
    b.
    To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:

    deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
    II.
    To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;

    post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,

    Quint. 2, 12, 1:

    qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,

    Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:

    supera compage soluta,

    Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
    2.
    To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:

    nullo solvente catenas,

    Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:

    solvere frenum,

    Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:

    loris solutis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:

    qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,

    Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:

    gelu solvitur,

    it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:

    solvitur acris hiems,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:

    facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:

    Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,

    looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:

    indigno non solvit bracchia collo,

    Stat. Th. 5, 217:

    digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,

    id. ib. 8, 585.—
    3.
    To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:

    solve vidulum ergo,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:

    eam solve cistulam,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 151:

    solve zonam,

    untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:

    solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 62:

    animai nodos a corpore solvit,

    Lucr. 2, 950:

    nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,

    Curt. 3, 1, 18:

    quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:

    solvere nodum,

    Stat. Th. 11, 646:

    laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,

    Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:

    vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,

    Ov. M. 9, 58:

    fasciam solve,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 10:

    solutis fasciis,

    Curt. 7, 6, 5:

    solvi fasciculum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:

    crinales vittas,

    Verg. A. 7, 403:

    Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,

    Curt. 7, 2, 25:

    equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 9:

    redimicula solvite collo,

    Ov. F. 4, 135:

    corollas de fronte,

    Prop. 1, 3, 21:

    solvere portas,

    Stat. Th. 3, 492:

    munimina valli,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    ille pharetram Solvit,

    Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:

    solutis ac patefactis venis,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:

    venam cultello solvere,

    Col. 6, 14; cf.

    also: lychnis alvum solvit,

    looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:

    ventrem,

    Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:

    stomachus solutus = venter solutus,

    loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
    B.
    Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
    1.
    Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
    a.
    Of the mouth, etc., to open:

    talibus ora solvit verbis,

    Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:

    ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,

    Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:

    vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,

    os promptius ac solutius,

    Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:

    hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
    b.
    To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:

    si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 160:

    cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,

    id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:

    morte solvetur compromissum,

    Dig. 4, 8, 27:

    soluto matrimonio,

    ib. 24, 3, 2:

    solutum conjugium,

    Juv. 9, 79:

    qui... conjugalia solvit,

    Sen. Med. 144:

    nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,

    Ov. M. 11, 743:

    (sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,

    cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
    c.
    To efface guilt or wrong:

    magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,

    Ov. F. 5, 304:

    solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,

    id. ib. 2, 44:

    culpa soluta mea est,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:

    neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
    d.
    Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;

    less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,

    Cic. Mil. 31, 85:

    capite poenas solvit,

    Sall. J. 69, 4:

    meritas poenas solventem,

    Curt. 6, 3, 14:

    poenarum solvendi tempus,

    Lucr. 5, 1224:

    nunc solvo poenas,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    hac manu poenas tibi solvam,

    id. Hippol. 1177.—
    e.
    To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:

    atque animi curas e pectore solvat,

    Lucr. 4, 908:

    curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 38:

    patrimonii cura solvatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §

    2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:

    solvite corde metum,

    Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:

    solve metus animo,

    Stat. Th. 2, 356:

    solvi pericula et metus narrant,

    Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:

    hoc uno solvitur ira modo,

    id. A. A. 2, 460:

    solvitque pudorem,

    Verg. A. 4, 55.—
    f.
    Of sleep:

    quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,

    Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:

    nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,

    Luc. 6, 768; cf.:

    lassitudinem solvere,

    Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
    g.
    Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
    (α).
    To raise a siege:

    solutam cernebat obsidionem,

    Liv. 36, 10, 14:

    soluta obsidione,

    id. 36, 31, 7:

    ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,

    id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:

    cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,

    Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
    (γ).
    To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:

    quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,

    Sen. Oedip. 525:

    sonipedes imperia solvunt,

    id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:

    sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
    h.
    Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:

    solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),

    Curt. 10, 2, 5:

    solutae a se legis monitus,

    Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:

    cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,

    Liv. 8, 4, 7:

    (Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,

    id. 1, 49, 7:

    oportebat istum morem solvi,

    Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
    2.
    Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
    a.
    To subvert discipline:

    disciplinam militarem solvisti,

    Liv. 8, 7, 16:

    luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,

    id. 40, 1, 4:

    quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,

    Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
    b.
    Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:

    nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,

    Sall. J. 41, 6:

    patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    vires solvere,

    Quint. 9, 4, 7:

    vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,

    Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
    c.
    Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:

    segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;

    similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,

    Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:

    hoc firmos solvit amores,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 385:

    amores cantibus et herbis solvere,

    Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
    d.
    Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:

    vitex dicitur febres solvere,

    Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:

    solvit jejunia granis,

    Ov. F. 4, 607:

    quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,

    id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,

    famem,

    Sen. Thyest. 64.—
    e.
    To delay:

    hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,

    Sen. Troad. 1131.—
    f.
    Of darkness, to dispel:

    lux solverat umbras,

    Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
    g.
    Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:

    aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,

    Sen. Phoen. 406:

    electus formae certamina solvere pastor,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 337:

    jurgia solvere,

    Manil. 3, 115:

    contradictiones solvere,

    Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
    h.
    Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:

    quia quaestionem solvere non posset,

    Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:

    aenigmata,

    Quint. 8, 6, 53:

    omnes solvere posse quaestiones,

    Suet. Gram. 11:

    haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,

    Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:

    unum tantum hoc solvendum est,

    that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:

    puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,

    id. Ep. 48, 6:

    carmina non intellecta Solverat,

    Ov. M. 7, 760:

    triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,

    Sen. Oedip. 102:

    nodos juris,

    Juv. 8, 50:

    proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,

    Quint. 5, 10, 96:

    plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,

    id. 1, 10, 49:

    quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,

    id. 3, 7, 3:

    ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,

    id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
    3.
    In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
    a.
    To pay.
    (α).
    Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:

    quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:

    inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),

    Liv. 6, 14, 5:

    quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,

    id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:

    pro vectura rem solvit?

    paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:

    ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:

    tibi res soluta est recte,

    id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:

    ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 20:

    rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 45:

    dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:

    res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,

    id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);

    semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,

    they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:

    si tergo res solvonda'st,

    by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:

    habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,

    id. Curc. 3, 9:

    tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
    (β).
    Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:

    cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 43:

    ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,

    id. ib. 20, 46:

    misimus qui pro vectura solveret,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 2:

    qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:

    ut creditori solvat,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:

    si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,

    it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:

    numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,

    to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:

    fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 84:

    cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,

    Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:

    non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
    (γ).
    With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:

    postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,

    settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:

    solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,

    id. Fl. 23, 54:

    ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,

    id. Att. 16, 2, 1:

    solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:

    aes alienum solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 36, 5:

    quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?

    id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,

    debitum solvere,

    id. ib. 6, 30, 2:

    ne pecunias creditas solverent,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:

    ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,

    Liv. 6, 15, 5:

    ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:

    cum patriae quod debes solveris,

    Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    debet vero, solvitque praeclare,

    id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:

    aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:

    qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 22 fin.
    (δ).
    By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:

    emi: pecuniam solvi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:

    pro frumento nihil solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §

    169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,

    Liv. 44, 16:

    hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 6:

    nisi pecuniam solvisset,

    id. Cim. 1, 1:

    condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,

    Liv. 30, 37 med.:

    pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,

    id. 36, 3, 1:

    pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,

    id. 32, 26, 14:

    pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,

    id. 40, 39 fin.:

    meritam mercedem,

    id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:

    quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:

    stipendium,

    Liv. 28, 32, 1:

    dotem mulieri,

    Dig. 24, 3, 2:

    litem aestimatam,

    the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:

    arbitria funeris,

    the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:

    solvere dodrantem,

    to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:

    dona puer solvit,

    paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,

    munera,

    id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:

    et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:

    si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:

    si (actor) solutus fuisset,

    Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
    (ε).
    Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:

    aliquid praesens solvere,

    to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,

    aliquid de praesentibus solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 16:

    solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,

    Vell. 2, 25:

    quas solvere grates sufficiam?

    Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;

    nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:

    unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):

    Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,

    Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    homines dicere, se a me solvere,

    id. ib. 5, 21, 11:

    (summa) erat solvenda de meo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:

    operas solvere alicui,

    to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:

    stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,

    Gai. Inst. 4, 90:

    iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;

    2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,

    a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.

    in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,

    Liv. 31, 13:

    nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 105:

    qui modo solvendo sint,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:

    si solvendo sint,

    Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:

    nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:

    solvendo non erat,

    Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 79;

    and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,

    Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:

    *non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),

    Vitr. 10, 6 fin.
    b.
    To fulfil the duty of burial.
    (α).
    Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:

    qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,

    who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:

    justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,

    Curt. 3, 12, 15:

    proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,

    id. 10, 6, 7:

    ut justa soluta Remo,

    Ov. F. 5, 452:

    nunc justa nato solve,

    Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
    (β).
    Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:

    exsequiis rite solutis,

    Verg. A. 7, 5:

    cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,

    Sen. Hippol. 1198:

    solvere suprema militibus,

    Tac. A. 1, 61.—
    c.
    Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
    (α).
    Alone:

    vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:

    quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,

    Liv. 31, 9 fin.:

    liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,

    id. 40, 44, 8:

    placatis diis votis rite solvendis,

    id. 36, 37 fin.:

    petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,

    id. 45, 44:

    animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,

    Sen. Ep. 73, 5:

    vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,

    Tac. A. 2, 69:

    vota pater solvit,

    Ov. M. 9, 707:

    ne votum solvat,

    Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:

    voti debita solvere,

    Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.

    the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),

    Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:

    V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),

    ib. 2022 et saep.:

    sacra solvere (=votum solvere),

    Manil. 1, 427.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:

    vota Jovi solvo,

    Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:

    sunt vota soluta deae,

    id. F. 6, 248:

    dis vota solvis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:

    libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),

    Just. 18, 5, 4.—
    d.
    Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:

    fidem obligatam liberare,

    Suet. Claud. 9):

    illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,

    Flor. 1, 1, 12;

    similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),

    Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
    e.
    Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):

    perinde quasi promissum solvens,

    Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:

    solvitur quod cuique promissum est,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;

    similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,

    what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    (Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:

    tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:

    reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,

    id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:

    cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:

    nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,

    unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:

    duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,

    Liv. 27, 51:

    eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,

    id. 24, 45, 10:

    non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
    2.
    (Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;

    postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 21;

    ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,

    Col. 2, 9:

    soluta et facilis terra,

    id. 3, 14;

    solum solutum vel spissum,

    id. 2, 2 init.;

    seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,

    Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:

    hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,

    id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:

    solutiores ripae,

    Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:

    mas spissior, femina solutior,

    Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:

    dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
    3.
    (Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:

    turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:

    aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:

    (orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,

    Cic. Or. 47, 173:

    verbis solutus satis,

    id. ib. 47, 174:

    solutissimus in dicendo,

    id. ib. 48, 180.—
    2.
    Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:

    quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72:

    soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,

    unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:

    si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;

    non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,

    id. ib. 4, 21, 3;

    solutus omni fenore,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 4;

    nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,

    Liv. 8, 32, 5:

    Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
    3.
    Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:

    quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,

    Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:

    apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,

    i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:

    maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
    4.
    Free from cares, undistracted:

    animo soluto liberoque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:

    sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
    5.
    At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:

    te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:

    quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:

    Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
    6.
    Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:

    quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,

    Cic. Dom. 39, 104:

    an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?

    Sen. Ep. 23, 4:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 5, 355:

    (mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,

    unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
    7.
    Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:

    cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,

    Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:

    ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,

    Liv. 29, 1 fin.:

    Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:

    incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,

    Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:

    rectore solutos (solis) equos,

    Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
    8.
    Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:

    nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;

    cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,

    id. Div. 1, 2, 4:

    judicio senatus soluto et libero,

    id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:

    sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,

    id. Att. 1, 13, 2:

    libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:

    si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:

    liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,

    uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
    9.
    Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:

    amores soluti et liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    licentia,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 4:

    populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 53:

    quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,

    id. Mil. 13, 34:

    quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,

    Liv. 27, 31 fin.:

    adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,

    id. 2, 1, 2:

    solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,

    a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,

    Suet. Aug. 44:

    mores soluti,

    licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
    10.
    Regardless of rules, careless, loose:

    orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,

    Tac. A. 16, 18.—
    11.
    Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
    (α).
    Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:

    est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
    (β).
    More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);

    in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,

    Cic. Or. 52, 174:

    mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,

    id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;

    68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,

    Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;

    de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,

    id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:

    ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,

    id. ib. 7, 1:

    primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 32:

    Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,

    id. Or. 57, 192:

    et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,

    id. ib. 64, 215:

    a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,

    id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
    (γ).
    Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:

    ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:

    nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,

    id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
    (δ).
    Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:

    soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:

    solutiora componere,

    id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
    12.
    Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):

    sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,

    Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
    13.
    Undisciplined, disorderly:

    omnia soluta apud hostes esse,

    Liv. 8, 30, 3:

    nihil temeritate solutum,

    Tac. A. 13, 40:

    apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,

    Just. 34, 2, 2.—
    14.
    Lax, remiss, weak:

    mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,

    Tac. Or. 18:

    soluti ac fluentes,

    Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:

    solutum genus orationis,

    a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:

    quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,

    laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:

    aliquid in solutum dare,

    to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:

    qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:

    qui rem in solutum accipit,

    Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;

    in solutum imputare,

    to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:

    pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,

    Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:

    pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,

    Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
    1.
    Thinly:

    corpora diffusa solute,

    Lucr. 4, 53.—
    2.
    Of speech, fluently:

    non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 110:

    ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,

    id. ib. 81, 280:

    quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,

    Tac. A. 4, 31.—
    3.
    Irregularly, loosely:

    a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
    4.
    Freely, without restraint:

    generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,

    i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
    5.
    Of style, without connection, loosely:

    enuntiare,

    Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
    6.
    Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:

    praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),

    Liv. 39, 1, 4:

    in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,

    id. 23, 37, 6.—
    7.
    Weakly, tamely, without vigor:

    quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
    8.
    Of morals, loosely, without restraint:

    ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,

    Tac. A. 13, 47.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solutum

  • 62 solvo

    solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:

    soluisse,

    Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
    I.
    To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    Outwardly, to release.
    a.
    From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:

    solvite istas,

    i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:

    solvite istum,

    id. Mil. 5, 32:

    numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:

    jube solvi (eum),

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:

    ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:

    ut vincti solvantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §

    12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    ita nexi soluti (sunt),

    Liv. 8, 28, 9:

    solvite me, pueri,

    Verg. E. 6, 24:

    fore ut brevi solveretur,

    Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:

    canis solutus catena,

    Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:

    solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),

    Stat. Th. 5, 15:

    terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
    b.
    From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:

    solverat sol equos,

    unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:

    et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:

    et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,

    id. H. 11, 4:

    praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,

    Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:

    soluta toga,

    Quint. 11, 3, 147:

    vela solvere,

    Verg. A. 4, 574.—
    c.
    From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:

    Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,

    Prop. 2, 1, 69:

    fraxinus solvitur,

    from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:

    ceciditque soluta pinus,

    id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:

    pinus radice soluta, deficit,

    id. S. 5, 1, 152:

    solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:

    accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,

    detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;

    but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,

    Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:

    querno solvunt de stipite funem,

    id. F. 4, 333:

    fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,

    id. Am. 2, 11, 23:

    curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),

    Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:

    imber caelesti nube solutus,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:

    cum solis radii absumant,

    Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:

    solutum a latere pugionem,

    detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
    d.
    Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
    (α).
    With acc. alone:

    eisce confectis navem solvimus,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:

    navim cupimus solvere,

    id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:

    naves solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;

    3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,

    Liv. 45, 6:

    postero die solvere naves (jussi),

    id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:

    classem solvere,

    Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
    (β).
    With ab and abl.:

    navis a terra solverunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,

    Liv. 31, 7 med.:

    solvunt a litore puppes,

    Luc. 2, 649.—
    (γ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
    (δ).
    With abl.:

    complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    portu solventibus,

    id. Mur. 2, 4.—
    (ε).
    Absol. (sc. navem or naves):

    tertia fere vigilia solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 23:

    nos eo die cenati solvimus,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:

    altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,

    Liv. 31, 14 init.:

    qui inde solverant,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:

    solvi mare languido,

    Sen. Ep. 53, 1:

    fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,

    id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:

    non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,

    making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
    (ζ).
    With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):

    naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
    (η).
    Poet. usages:

    de litore puppis solvit iter,

    clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:

    nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,

    Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
    e.
    Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    cruor solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 9, 530:

    lacrimas solvere,

    id. Achill. 2, 256:

    solutis lacrimis,

    Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,

    partus solvere,

    to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
    2.
    To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
    a.
    In gen.:

    omne colligatum solvi potest,

    Cic. Fin. 11.—
    b.
    Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    solvere naves et rursus conjungere,

    Curt. 8, 10, 3:

    solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:

    dubitavit an solveret pontem,

    Curt. 4, 16, 8:

    solvere pontem,

    Tac. A. 1, 69:

    si pons solutus sit,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:

    solutus pons tempestatibus,

    Just. 2, 13, 9:

    currum (solis) solutum,

    Manil. 1, 740.—
    c.
    Of woven stuff:

    solvens texta,

    Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Of mountains:

    utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:

    tridente Neptunus montem solvit,

    id. Agam. 553.—
    e.
    Of the neck:

    soluta cervix silicis impulsu,

    broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
    f.
    Of a comet:

    momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
    g.
    Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:

    solve capillos,

    Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:

    crinem,

    id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:

    comas casside,

    Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
    h.
    Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;

    post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:

    ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,

    Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
    3.
    To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
    (α).
    Of a change into air or gas:

    calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,

    dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:

    nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,

    id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:

    ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 285;

    nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,

    Ov. M. 15, 845.—
    (β).
    Into a liquid, to melt:

    saepe terra in tabem solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:

    terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,

    id. ib. 3, 29, 4:

    nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,

    Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:

    ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,

    nivem solvere,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:

    rigor auri solvitur aestu,

    Lucr. 1, 493:

    ferrum calidi solvant camini,

    Manil. 4, 250:

    cerae igne solutae,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 47:

    Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,

    Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:

    (herba) quinto die solvitur,

    id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
    (γ).
    Of putrefaction:

    (vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,

    Verg. G. 4, 302.—
    (δ).
    Of change in general:

    inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,

    Ov. F. 1, 108:

    repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),

    Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
    (ε).
    Of expansion by heat:

    (uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
    (ζ).
    Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:

    gravitas aeris solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
    (η).
    Solvi in, to pass into, become:

    in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,

    Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:

    donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,

    disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:

    postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),

    Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
    4.
    To consume, to destroy, dissolve:

    solvere orbes,

    Manil. 1, 497:

    ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),

    Lucr. 3, 287:

    (Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,

    Liv. 39, 40, 11:

    si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:

    (turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,

    id. ib. 7, 9, 4:

    tabes solvit corpora,

    Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:

    nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),

    id. 3, 506:

    ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,

    Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:

    solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,

    Sen. Ep. 22, 3:

    hanc mihi solvite vitam,

    Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
    a.
    From the body, etc.:

    teque isto corpore solvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 703:

    soluta corpore anima,

    Quint. 5, 14, 13:

    qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,

    Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:

    vocem solvere,

    to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:

    suspiria solvit,

    Stat. Th. 11, 604:

    solvat turba jocos,

    Sen. Med. 114:

    solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:

    Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,

    unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
    b.
    Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:

    linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,

    Ov. M. 3, 261:

    lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:

    ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,

    id. Const. 11, 3:

    (fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,

    Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:

    magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,

    Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.

    of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,

    unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    c.
    From obligations and debts:

    solvit me debito,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:

    an nos debito solverit,

    id. Ep. 81, 3:

    ut religione civitas solvatur,

    Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:

    te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:

    hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,

    Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:

    sacramento solvi,

    Tac. A. 16, 13:

    cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,

    Dig. 49, 16, 13:

    militia solvere,

    Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:

    ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:

    ut manere solveretur,

    that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
    d.
    From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):

    si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,

    be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:

    atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,

    Ov. F. 6, 452:

    ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,

    id. ib. 2, 40:

    Helenen ego crimine solvo,

    id. A. A. 2, 371:

    quid crimine solvis Germanum?

    Stat. Th. 11, 379:

    solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
    e.
    From feelings, etc.:

    quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,

    Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:

    senatus cura belli solutus,

    Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:

    pectus linquunt cura solutum,

    Lucr. 2, 45:

    his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    soluti metu,

    Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:

    solvent formidine terras,

    Verg. E. 4, 14:

    solve metu patriam,

    Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:

    metu belli Scythas solvit,

    Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:

    haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:

    soluti a cupiditatibus,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:

    his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,

    id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:

    longo luctu,

    Verg. A. 2, 26:

    tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),

    Sen. Hippol. 450:

    solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 1063:

    Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:

    solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),

    the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:

    rabie tigrim,

    Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:

    ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),

    Sen. Ep. 95, 38:

    calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?

    i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:

    solvite animos,

    Manil. 4, 12.—With in:

    vix haec in munera solvo animum,

    i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
    f.
    From sleep, very rare:

    ego somno solutus sum,

    awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
    g.
    From labor, business, etc.:

    volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:

    solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,

    Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:

    Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,

    to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
    h.
    From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    frontem solvere disce,

    Mart. 14, 183:

    saltem ora trucesque solve genas,

    Stat. Th. 11, 373:

    solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:

    solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,

    be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:

    vultum risu solvit,

    relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:

    risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,

    Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,

    solvere judicem,

    unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:

    solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),

    Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:

    ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:

    cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:

    solventur risu tabulae,

    i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:

    quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
    k.
    From any cause of restraint.
    (α).
    To release from siege:

    Bassanitas obsidione solvere,

    Liv. 44, 30:

    patriam obsidione solvere,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
    (β).
    From moral restraints:

    hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,

    gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
    l.
    From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
    (α).
    To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:

    Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:

    cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 31:

    ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,

    id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:

    Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    solvatne legibus Scipionem,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:

    petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,

    Liv. 31, 50, 8:

    Scipio legibus solutus est,

    id. Epit. 56:

    Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,

    Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:

    ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,

    Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:

    (aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:

    solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,

    id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:

    nec leti lege solutas,

    Lucr. 3, 687:

    nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),

    Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:

    et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
    (β).
    Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:

    reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,

    i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:

    soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,

    id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:

    solutus Legibus insanis,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:

    quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,

    Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
    2.
    To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
    (α).
    Of troops, ranks, etc.:

    ubi ordines procursando solvissent,

    Liv. 42, 65, 8:

    incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,

    Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:

    agmina Diductis solvere choris,

    Verg. A. 5, 581:

    solvit maniplos,

    Juv. 8, 154:

    solvuntur laudata cohors,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:

    commissas acies ego possum solvere,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
    (β).
    Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:

    convivio soluto,

    Liv. 40, 14 fin.:

    convivium solvit,

    Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:

    Quid cessas convivia solvere?

    Ov. F. 6, 675:

    coetuque soluto Discedunt,

    id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
    (γ).
    Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:

    (discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,

    Quint. 1, 9, 2:

    quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,

    id. 9, 4, 14:

    ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,

    id. 1, 8, 13:

    non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
    3.
    Implying a change for the worse.
    a.
    To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):

    Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,

    Sen. Ep. 51, 5:

    usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:

    infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,

    Quint. 1, 2, 6:

    solutus luxu,

    id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:

    soluti in luxum,

    Tac. H. 2, 99:

    in lasciviam,

    id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:

    si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
    b.
    To make torpid by removing sensation.
    (α).
    To relax, benumb the limbs or body;

    as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,

    Lucr. 6, 798:

    ima Solvuntur latera,

    Verg. G. 3, 523:

    solvi debilitate corporis,

    paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:

    ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,

    Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:

    illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,

    Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:

    segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,

    wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:

    mentes solvere,

    to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
    (β).
    By frost ( poet.):

    solvuntur illi frigore membra,

    Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
    (γ).
    By sleep ( poet. for sopio):

    homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,

    Ov. M. 7, 186:

    corpora somnus Solverat,

    id. ib. 10, 369:

    molli languore solutus,

    id. ib. 11, 648;

    11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,

    id. ib. 8, 817:

    somno vinoque solutos,

    id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:

    ut membra solvit sopor,

    id. ib. 12, 867:

    non solvit pectora somnus,

    Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:

    solvitur in somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:

    aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,

    lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
    (δ).
    By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:

    corporibus quae senectus solvit,

    Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):

    (corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est,

    id. Ep. 66, 43:

    ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,

    id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:

    me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,

    Sen. Troad. 605:

    solvi inedia,

    Petr. 111:

    sic morte quasi somno soluta est,

    Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
    4.
    Of logical dissolution, to refute:

    non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,

    how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:

    argumentum solvere,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
    b.
    To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:

    deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
    II.
    To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;

    post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,

    Quint. 2, 12, 1:

    qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,

    Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:

    supera compage soluta,

    Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
    2.
    To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:

    nullo solvente catenas,

    Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:

    solvere frenum,

    Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:

    loris solutis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:

    qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,

    Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:

    gelu solvitur,

    it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:

    solvitur acris hiems,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:

    facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:

    Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,

    looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:

    indigno non solvit bracchia collo,

    Stat. Th. 5, 217:

    digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,

    id. ib. 8, 585.—
    3.
    To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:

    solve vidulum ergo,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:

    eam solve cistulam,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 151:

    solve zonam,

    untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:

    solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 62:

    animai nodos a corpore solvit,

    Lucr. 2, 950:

    nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,

    Curt. 3, 1, 18:

    quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:

    solvere nodum,

    Stat. Th. 11, 646:

    laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,

    Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:

    vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,

    Ov. M. 9, 58:

    fasciam solve,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 10:

    solutis fasciis,

    Curt. 7, 6, 5:

    solvi fasciculum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:

    crinales vittas,

    Verg. A. 7, 403:

    Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,

    Curt. 7, 2, 25:

    equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 9:

    redimicula solvite collo,

    Ov. F. 4, 135:

    corollas de fronte,

    Prop. 1, 3, 21:

    solvere portas,

    Stat. Th. 3, 492:

    munimina valli,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    ille pharetram Solvit,

    Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:

    solutis ac patefactis venis,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:

    venam cultello solvere,

    Col. 6, 14; cf.

    also: lychnis alvum solvit,

    looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:

    ventrem,

    Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:

    stomachus solutus = venter solutus,

    loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
    B.
    Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
    1.
    Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
    a.
    Of the mouth, etc., to open:

    talibus ora solvit verbis,

    Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:

    ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,

    Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:

    vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,

    os promptius ac solutius,

    Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:

    hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
    b.
    To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:

    si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 160:

    cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,

    id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:

    morte solvetur compromissum,

    Dig. 4, 8, 27:

    soluto matrimonio,

    ib. 24, 3, 2:

    solutum conjugium,

    Juv. 9, 79:

    qui... conjugalia solvit,

    Sen. Med. 144:

    nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,

    Ov. M. 11, 743:

    (sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,

    cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
    c.
    To efface guilt or wrong:

    magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,

    Ov. F. 5, 304:

    solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,

    id. ib. 2, 44:

    culpa soluta mea est,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:

    neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
    d.
    Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;

    less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,

    Cic. Mil. 31, 85:

    capite poenas solvit,

    Sall. J. 69, 4:

    meritas poenas solventem,

    Curt. 6, 3, 14:

    poenarum solvendi tempus,

    Lucr. 5, 1224:

    nunc solvo poenas,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    hac manu poenas tibi solvam,

    id. Hippol. 1177.—
    e.
    To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:

    atque animi curas e pectore solvat,

    Lucr. 4, 908:

    curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 38:

    patrimonii cura solvatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §

    2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:

    solvite corde metum,

    Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:

    solve metus animo,

    Stat. Th. 2, 356:

    solvi pericula et metus narrant,

    Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:

    hoc uno solvitur ira modo,

    id. A. A. 2, 460:

    solvitque pudorem,

    Verg. A. 4, 55.—
    f.
    Of sleep:

    quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,

    Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:

    nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,

    Luc. 6, 768; cf.:

    lassitudinem solvere,

    Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
    g.
    Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
    (α).
    To raise a siege:

    solutam cernebat obsidionem,

    Liv. 36, 10, 14:

    soluta obsidione,

    id. 36, 31, 7:

    ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,

    id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:

    cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,

    Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
    (γ).
    To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:

    quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,

    Sen. Oedip. 525:

    sonipedes imperia solvunt,

    id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:

    sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
    h.
    Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:

    solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),

    Curt. 10, 2, 5:

    solutae a se legis monitus,

    Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:

    cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,

    Liv. 8, 4, 7:

    (Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,

    id. 1, 49, 7:

    oportebat istum morem solvi,

    Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
    2.
    Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
    a.
    To subvert discipline:

    disciplinam militarem solvisti,

    Liv. 8, 7, 16:

    luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,

    id. 40, 1, 4:

    quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,

    Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
    b.
    Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:

    nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,

    Sall. J. 41, 6:

    patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    vires solvere,

    Quint. 9, 4, 7:

    vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,

    Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
    c.
    Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:

    segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;

    similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,

    Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:

    hoc firmos solvit amores,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 385:

    amores cantibus et herbis solvere,

    Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
    d.
    Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:

    vitex dicitur febres solvere,

    Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:

    solvit jejunia granis,

    Ov. F. 4, 607:

    quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,

    id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,

    famem,

    Sen. Thyest. 64.—
    e.
    To delay:

    hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,

    Sen. Troad. 1131.—
    f.
    Of darkness, to dispel:

    lux solverat umbras,

    Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
    g.
    Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:

    aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,

    Sen. Phoen. 406:

    electus formae certamina solvere pastor,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 337:

    jurgia solvere,

    Manil. 3, 115:

    contradictiones solvere,

    Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
    h.
    Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:

    quia quaestionem solvere non posset,

    Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:

    aenigmata,

    Quint. 8, 6, 53:

    omnes solvere posse quaestiones,

    Suet. Gram. 11:

    haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,

    Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:

    unum tantum hoc solvendum est,

    that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:

    puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,

    id. Ep. 48, 6:

    carmina non intellecta Solverat,

    Ov. M. 7, 760:

    triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,

    Sen. Oedip. 102:

    nodos juris,

    Juv. 8, 50:

    proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,

    Quint. 5, 10, 96:

    plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,

    id. 1, 10, 49:

    quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,

    id. 3, 7, 3:

    ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,

    id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
    3.
    In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
    a.
    To pay.
    (α).
    Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:

    quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:

    inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),

    Liv. 6, 14, 5:

    quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,

    id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:

    pro vectura rem solvit?

    paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:

    ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:

    tibi res soluta est recte,

    id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:

    ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 20:

    rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 45:

    dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:

    res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,

    id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);

    semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,

    they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:

    si tergo res solvonda'st,

    by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:

    habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,

    id. Curc. 3, 9:

    tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
    (β).
    Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:

    cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 43:

    ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,

    id. ib. 20, 46:

    misimus qui pro vectura solveret,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 2:

    qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:

    ut creditori solvat,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:

    si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,

    it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:

    numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,

    to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:

    fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 84:

    cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,

    Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:

    non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
    (γ).
    With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:

    postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,

    settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:

    solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,

    id. Fl. 23, 54:

    ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,

    id. Att. 16, 2, 1:

    solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:

    aes alienum solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 36, 5:

    quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?

    id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,

    debitum solvere,

    id. ib. 6, 30, 2:

    ne pecunias creditas solverent,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:

    ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,

    Liv. 6, 15, 5:

    ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:

    cum patriae quod debes solveris,

    Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    debet vero, solvitque praeclare,

    id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:

    aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:

    qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 22 fin.
    (δ).
    By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:

    emi: pecuniam solvi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:

    pro frumento nihil solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §

    169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,

    Liv. 44, 16:

    hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 6:

    nisi pecuniam solvisset,

    id. Cim. 1, 1:

    condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,

    Liv. 30, 37 med.:

    pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,

    id. 36, 3, 1:

    pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,

    id. 32, 26, 14:

    pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,

    id. 40, 39 fin.:

    meritam mercedem,

    id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:

    quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:

    stipendium,

    Liv. 28, 32, 1:

    dotem mulieri,

    Dig. 24, 3, 2:

    litem aestimatam,

    the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:

    arbitria funeris,

    the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:

    solvere dodrantem,

    to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:

    dona puer solvit,

    paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,

    munera,

    id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:

    et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:

    si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:

    si (actor) solutus fuisset,

    Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
    (ε).
    Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:

    aliquid praesens solvere,

    to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,

    aliquid de praesentibus solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 16:

    solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,

    Vell. 2, 25:

    quas solvere grates sufficiam?

    Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;

    nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:

    unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):

    Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,

    Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    homines dicere, se a me solvere,

    id. ib. 5, 21, 11:

    (summa) erat solvenda de meo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:

    operas solvere alicui,

    to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:

    stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,

    Gai. Inst. 4, 90:

    iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;

    2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,

    a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.

    in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,

    Liv. 31, 13:

    nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 105:

    qui modo solvendo sint,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:

    si solvendo sint,

    Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:

    nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:

    solvendo non erat,

    Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 79;

    and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,

    Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:

    *non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),

    Vitr. 10, 6 fin.
    b.
    To fulfil the duty of burial.
    (α).
    Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:

    qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,

    who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:

    justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,

    Curt. 3, 12, 15:

    proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,

    id. 10, 6, 7:

    ut justa soluta Remo,

    Ov. F. 5, 452:

    nunc justa nato solve,

    Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
    (β).
    Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:

    exsequiis rite solutis,

    Verg. A. 7, 5:

    cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,

    Sen. Hippol. 1198:

    solvere suprema militibus,

    Tac. A. 1, 61.—
    c.
    Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
    (α).
    Alone:

    vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:

    quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,

    Liv. 31, 9 fin.:

    liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,

    id. 40, 44, 8:

    placatis diis votis rite solvendis,

    id. 36, 37 fin.:

    petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,

    id. 45, 44:

    animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,

    Sen. Ep. 73, 5:

    vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,

    Tac. A. 2, 69:

    vota pater solvit,

    Ov. M. 9, 707:

    ne votum solvat,

    Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:

    voti debita solvere,

    Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.

    the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),

    Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:

    V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),

    ib. 2022 et saep.:

    sacra solvere (=votum solvere),

    Manil. 1, 427.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:

    vota Jovi solvo,

    Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:

    sunt vota soluta deae,

    id. F. 6, 248:

    dis vota solvis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:

    libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),

    Just. 18, 5, 4.—
    d.
    Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:

    fidem obligatam liberare,

    Suet. Claud. 9):

    illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,

    Flor. 1, 1, 12;

    similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),

    Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
    e.
    Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):

    perinde quasi promissum solvens,

    Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:

    solvitur quod cuique promissum est,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;

    similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,

    what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    (Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:

    tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:

    reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,

    id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:

    cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:

    nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,

    unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:

    duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,

    Liv. 27, 51:

    eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,

    id. 24, 45, 10:

    non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
    2.
    (Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;

    postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 21;

    ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,

    Col. 2, 9:

    soluta et facilis terra,

    id. 3, 14;

    solum solutum vel spissum,

    id. 2, 2 init.;

    seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,

    Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:

    hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,

    id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:

    solutiores ripae,

    Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:

    mas spissior, femina solutior,

    Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:

    dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
    3.
    (Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:

    turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:

    aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:

    (orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,

    Cic. Or. 47, 173:

    verbis solutus satis,

    id. ib. 47, 174:

    solutissimus in dicendo,

    id. ib. 48, 180.—
    2.
    Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:

    quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72:

    soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,

    unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:

    si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;

    non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,

    id. ib. 4, 21, 3;

    solutus omni fenore,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 4;

    nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,

    Liv. 8, 32, 5:

    Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
    3.
    Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:

    quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,

    Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:

    apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,

    i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:

    maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
    4.
    Free from cares, undistracted:

    animo soluto liberoque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:

    sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
    5.
    At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:

    te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:

    quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:

    Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
    6.
    Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:

    quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,

    Cic. Dom. 39, 104:

    an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?

    Sen. Ep. 23, 4:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 5, 355:

    (mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,

    unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
    7.
    Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:

    cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,

    Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:

    ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,

    Liv. 29, 1 fin.:

    Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:

    incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,

    Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:

    rectore solutos (solis) equos,

    Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
    8.
    Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:

    nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;

    cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,

    id. Div. 1, 2, 4:

    judicio senatus soluto et libero,

    id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:

    sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,

    id. Att. 1, 13, 2:

    libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:

    si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:

    liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,

    uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
    9.
    Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:

    amores soluti et liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    licentia,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 4:

    populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 53:

    quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,

    id. Mil. 13, 34:

    quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,

    Liv. 27, 31 fin.:

    adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,

    id. 2, 1, 2:

    solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,

    a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,

    Suet. Aug. 44:

    mores soluti,

    licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
    10.
    Regardless of rules, careless, loose:

    orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,

    Tac. A. 16, 18.—
    11.
    Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
    (α).
    Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:

    est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
    (β).
    More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);

    in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,

    Cic. Or. 52, 174:

    mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,

    id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;

    68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,

    Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;

    de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,

    id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:

    ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,

    id. ib. 7, 1:

    primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 32:

    Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,

    id. Or. 57, 192:

    et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,

    id. ib. 64, 215:

    a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,

    id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
    (γ).
    Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:

    ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:

    nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,

    id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
    (δ).
    Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:

    soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:

    solutiora componere,

    id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
    12.
    Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):

    sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,

    Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
    13.
    Undisciplined, disorderly:

    omnia soluta apud hostes esse,

    Liv. 8, 30, 3:

    nihil temeritate solutum,

    Tac. A. 13, 40:

    apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,

    Just. 34, 2, 2.—
    14.
    Lax, remiss, weak:

    mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,

    Tac. Or. 18:

    soluti ac fluentes,

    Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:

    solutum genus orationis,

    a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:

    quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,

    laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:

    aliquid in solutum dare,

    to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:

    qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:

    qui rem in solutum accipit,

    Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;

    in solutum imputare,

    to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:

    pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,

    Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:

    pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,

    Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
    1.
    Thinly:

    corpora diffusa solute,

    Lucr. 4, 53.—
    2.
    Of speech, fluently:

    non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 110:

    ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,

    id. ib. 81, 280:

    quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,

    Tac. A. 4, 31.—
    3.
    Irregularly, loosely:

    a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
    4.
    Freely, without restraint:

    generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,

    i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
    5.
    Of style, without connection, loosely:

    enuntiare,

    Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
    6.
    Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:

    praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),

    Liv. 39, 1, 4:

    in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,

    id. 23, 37, 6.—
    7.
    Weakly, tamely, without vigor:

    quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
    8.
    Of morals, loosely, without restraint:

    ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,

    Tac. A. 13, 47.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solvo

  • 63 Poplinette

    A poplin made with single yarns, 144 ends and 76 picks per inch, 50's warp, 50's weft. As a rule all Egyptian yarns are used, although American weft is sometimes used to cheapen the cloth.

    Dictionary of the English textile terms > Poplinette

  • 64 δεσπόσυνος

    δεσπ-όσυνος, ον, also η, ον Pi.P.4.267:—
    A of or belonging to the master or lord,

    λέχος h.Cer. 144

    ;

    δόμοι δ. A.Ch. 942

    (lyr.);

    μέλαθρα Ar.Th.42

    (anap.); τὰ δ. χρήματα the master's property, X.Oec.9.16 (δεσπόσυνα, τά, ib.14.2, Phld.Oec.p.24J.);

    δ. ἀνάγκαι

    arbitrary rule,

    A.Pers. 587

    (lyr.); also, = τῆς δεσποίνης, γόνατα Tim.Pers. 136.
    II Subst., = δεσπότης, Tyrt.6.2 (cf. Plu.Lyc.28), Anaxandr.41.33 (anap.), GDI 4334 ([place name] Megiste).
    2 = verna, Eust.846.13.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δεσπόσυνος

  • 65 κράτος

    κράτος [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. [full] κάρτος, εος, τό, both in Hom.; [dialect] Aeol. [full] κρέτος Alc.25:—
    A strength, might, in Hom. esp. of bodily strength,

    ἔπεφνε δόλῳ, οὔ τι κράτεΐ γε Il.7.142

    ;

    ἔχει ἥβης ἄνθος, ὅ τε κ. ἐστὶ μέγιστον 13.484

    , etc.; τὸ γὰρ αὖτε σιδήρου γε κ. ἐστίν this (i.e. τὸ βάψαι ) is what gives strength to iron, Od.9.393: generally,

    δικαία γλῶσσ' ἔχει κ. μέγα S.Fr.80

    ;

    μηχανῆς ἔστω κ. A.Supp. 207

    ; κατὰ κράτος with all one's might or strength,

    πολιορκεῖσθαι Th.1.64

    ;

    πολεμεῖν Pl. Lg. 692d

    ;

    ἐξελέγχεσθαι D.34.20

    , etc.: freq. in phrase αἱρεῖν κατὰ κ. take by storm, Th.8.100, Isoc.4.119, etc.; also

    ἀνὰ κράτος διώκειν X. Cyr.1.4.23

    ;

    ἐλαύνειν Id.An.1.8.1

    , etc.;

    ἀπὸ κράτους D.S.17.34

    ; πρὸς ἰσχύος κράτος, opp. λόγῳ, S.Ph. 594.
    2 personified, K.

    Βία τε A. Pr.12

    ; K.

    καὶ Δίκη Id.Ch. 244

    .
    II power, τοῦ γὰρ κ. ἐστὶ μέγιστον, of Zeus, Il.2.118, etc.;

    τοῦ γὰρ κ. ἔστ' ἐνὶ οἴκῳ Od.1.359

    , cf. Il.12.214;

    Ζηνὸς κ. Pi.O.6.96

    , cf. A.Pr. 527 (lyr.); ἐκπίπτειν κράτους, of Zeus, ib. 948;

    τὸ κ. τοῦ θεοῦ LXX Ps.61(62).11

    , etc.: pl.,

    ὑποχείριος κράτεσιν ἀρσένων A.Supp. 393

    (lyr.), cf. S.Ant. 485; esp. of political power, rule, sovereignty,

    ὁ μαιόμενος τὸ μέγα κρέτος ὀντρέψει τάχα τὰν πόλιν Alc.

    l.c.;

    τὸ κ. περιθεῖναί τινι Hdt.1.129

    ;

    ἐς τὸ πλῆθος φέρειν τὸ κ. Id.3.81

    ; τὸ πᾶν κ. ἔχειν to be all- powerful, Id.7.3;

    ἀρχὴ καὶ κ. τυραννικόν S.OC 373

    ; βασιλεὺς πρῶτος ἐν κράτει Ὀδρυσῶν ἐγένετο in real power, Th.2.29; later

    τὸ κ. τῶν Ῥωμαίων POxy. 41i2

    (iii/iv A. D.): in pl.,

    κράτη καὶ θρόνους S.Ant. 173

    , cf. OT 586, etc.; θρόνων κράτη sovereign power, Id.Ant. 166.
    2 c. gen., power over,

    τὸ Περσέων κ. ἔχοντα Hdt.3.69

    ;

    τὸ κ. εἶχε τῆς στρατιῆς Id.9.42

    ;

    πᾶν κ. ἔχων χθονός A.Supp. 425

    (lyr.);

    τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων E.Tr. 949

    ;

    δὸς κ. τῶν σῶν δόμων A.Ch. 480

    ;

    δωμάτων ἔχειν κ. Ar.Th. 871

    ;

    τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης κ. Th.1.143

    ;

    μετὰ κράτους τῆς γῆς Id.8.24

    ; ὧν ἂν ᾖ τὸ κ. τῆς γῆς whoever have possession of the land, Id.4.98;

    κ. ἔχειν ἑαυτοῦ Pl.Plt. 273a

    : pl.,

    ἀστραπᾶν κράτη νέμων S.OT 201

    (lyr.).
    3 of persons, a power, an authority,

    Ἀχαιῶν δίθρονον κ. A.Ag. 109

    (lyr.), cf. 619, Th. 127 (lyr.).
    III mastery, victory, freq. in Hom., Il.1.509, 6.387, Od.21.280;

    κ. ἄρνυσθαι S.Ph. 838

    (lyr.);

    νίκη καὶ κράτη A.Supp. 951

    ; ἀέθλων κ. victory in.., Pi.I. 8(7).4;

    νίκη καὶ κ. τῶν δρωμένων S.El.85

    ; κ. ἀριστείας the meed of highest valour, Id.Aj. 443;

    νίκη καὶ κ. πολεμίων Pl.Lg. 962a

    ;

    κ. πολέμου καὶ νίκη D.19.130

    .
    IV Medic., in pl., ligaments, Hp.Mul. 2.167.
    2 = ταρσός, back of the hand, Poll.2.144.
    V Pythag. name for ten, Theol.Ar.59.—This word and its derivs. take two forms, κρατ- and καρτ-; the latter is mostly [dialect] Ep., as κάρτος, κάρτιστος, καρτύνω, but in κρατερός and καρτερός the reverse holds, v. κρατερός fin.; κρατέω, κρατύς have no form καρτ-. ( κρατ- and καρτ- from kṛt-, weak form of κρετ-, cf. κρέτος, κρέσσων.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κράτος

  • 66 οὐ

    οὐ, the negative of
    A fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.
    A USAGE.
    I as the negative of single words,
    II as the negative of the sentence.
    I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.

    εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34

    ; but sts. οὐ is retained,

    εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289

    ;

    εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139

    ;

    ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76

    ; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)

    φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b

    ):—with Participles:

    οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224

    , 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:

    οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366

    , 768, al.;

    οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7

    , etc.:— with Adverbs:

    οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68

    , etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.
    II as negativing the whole sentence,
    1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ)

    , ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b

    : sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. without

    μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660

    (lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.
    4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep.,

    ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303

    , 20.286.
    5 with opt. and

    ἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271

    , cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.
    6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,
    a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,

    ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377

    , cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. and

    ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22

    , cf. Pl.R. 330a;

    ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἂν δικαίως αὐτοὺς δέχοισθε μαθεῖν χρή Th.1.40

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,

    ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358

    , cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.
    b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,

    χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534

    ;

    ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80

    ;

    διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3

    ;

    μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95

    , etc.;

    νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102

    ;

    νηπιάχοις οἷς οὔ τι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα Il.2.338

    , etc.: in causal relative sentences,

    οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a

    ; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as

    οὐκ ἔστ' ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ E.Tr. 1051

    , cf. Hec. 298;

    οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725

    ; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.
    c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. with

    ἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384

    , cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;

    οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30

    : ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.
    7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,
    a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,

    εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162

    , cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).
    b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,

    μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44

    ;

    κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46

    , cf. S.Aj. 1242; so also

    δεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9

    , cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;

    οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε

    ;

    Id.15.23

    , cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.
    c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,

    εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29

    codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις)

    , τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη

    ;

    E. Ion 347

    .
    8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,

    φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664

    , cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;

    λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67

    , cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;

    οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b

    , cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,

    οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s

    q.;

    αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b

    .)
    9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing,

    τὸν κατθανόνθ' ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον E.Hec. 316

    ;

    κατενόησαν οὐ πολλοὺς τοὺς Θηβαίους ὄντας Th.2

    . 3;

    ἔργῳ δηλώσω οὐ παραγενόμενος Antipho2.4.8

    , etc.; or into a causal sentence,

    τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89

    ;

    τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130

    ; or into a concessive sentence,

    δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν E.Alc. 352

    , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part.,

    ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Id.El. 1025

    , etc.;

    ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73

    , cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90;

    ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας τούτῳ τῷ τεκμηρίῳ χρωμένους Lycurg.90

    , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.
    b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,

    ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74

    ;

    τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111

    ;

    οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26

    ;

    τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9

    ;

    τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν Lys.12.82

    , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;

    τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e

    .
    10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.

    μή B. 7

    ) but οὐ is occasionally used,

    τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4

    ;

    τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371

    ;

    τὸν οὐδέν Id.Ph. 598

    (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;

    ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95

    ;

    ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35

    , cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,

    ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287

    ; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.
    11 for οὐ μή, v. sub voc.
    12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;

    οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην

    ;

    A.Pr. 956

    : so as a strong form of imper.,

    οὐκ ἀπαλλάξει

    ;

    E. Ion 524

    ;

    οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν μιαρὸν τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον

    ;

    Din.1.18

    ;

    οὐκ εἶ καταπιὼν Εὐριπίδην

    ;

    Ar.Ach. 484

    ; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.
    B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,

    οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41

    ;

    οὐχ αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν Men.639

    ;

    οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6

    : in Poetry the position is freq. more free,

    κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81

    ; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;

    χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88

    : sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,

    καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48

    ;

    ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545

    : in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,

    βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38

    ;

    οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3

    ;

    ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c

    ; so

    τὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139

    : freq. with

    ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a

    , cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;

    Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1

    : sts. in the first clause after

    μέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20

    , cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;

    κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208

    .
    C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom.,

    οὔ μιν ὁΐομαιοὐδὲ πεπύσθαι λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης Il.17.641

    ;

    ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κρεῖσσον οἰκείου φίλου E.Andr. 986

    : the first neg. may be a compd.,

    καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b

    ;

    οὐδενὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὐδεμίαν κοινωνίαν ἔχει Id.Prm. 166a

    (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj.,

    ἀδύνατος οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν λέγειν μάτην E.Andr. 746

    ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,

    οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8

    ; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )

    ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b

    , cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,

    οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295

    ;

    οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130

    , v. οὐδέ C. 11;

    οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ αὖ ὡς σύ μοι δοκεῖς οἴεσθαι Pl.Prt. 332a

    : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;

    θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970

    , cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.
    2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56;

    γλώσσης κρυφαῖον οὐδὲν οὐ διέρχεται S.Fr. 935

    (but prob. f.l.);

    οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9

    .
    3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,

    ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34

    ;

    ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52

    (similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.

    οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13

    .
    D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required,

    ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν οὐκ ἔχετ' ἀντιλέγειν D.8.31

    , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;

    οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48

    , cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.;

    οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι Id.9.54

    ;

    ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17

    ; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;

    ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c

    , cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;

    ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46

    : οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,

    ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118

    , cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.
    E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause,

    γῆ δ' οὐδ' ἀὴρ οὐδ' οὐρανὸς ἦν Ar.Av. 694

    ;

    σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215

    ;

    ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84

    (iii B. C.).
    F in Poetry, if stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as in

    ἦ οὐχ Il.5.349

    , cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att.,

    μὴ οὐ S. OT 283

    , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332,

    ἐγὼ οὐ Ar.Eq. 340

    .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.
    G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,

    οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265

    , cf.

    οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162

    , etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,

    ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137

    ;

    ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238

    , 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B),

    τί δ' οὐχί

    ;

    A.Ag. 273

    ,Fr. 310;

    πῶς δ' οὐχί

    ;

    Id.Supp. 918

    , Ar. Pax 1027;

    ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859

    : also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.
    H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.
    I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐ

  • 67 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

    (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

    (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

    (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

    correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

    ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

    (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

    close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

    in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

    beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

    ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

    (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

    Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

    codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

    (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

    ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

    (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

    codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

    ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

    in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

    D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

    (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

    s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

    in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

    wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

    therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

    (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

    (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

    (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

    (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

    (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

    ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

    (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

    (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

    (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

    according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

    (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

    (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

    (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

    by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 68 ἐργάζομαι

    ἐργάζομαι, Il.18.469, etc., Cret. [full] ϝεργάδδομαι Schwyzer181v5: [tense] fut.
    A

    - άσομαι Thgn.1116

    , etc., [dialect] Dor.

    ἐργαξοῦμαι Theoc.10.23

    ,

    ἐργῶμαι PCair.Zen.107.4

    (iii B. C.), LXX Ge.29.27, al., IG7.3073.12 (Lebad., ii B. C. ) (but Hsch. ἐργᾷ· ἐργάζει): [tense] aor. εἰργασάμην, [dialect] Ion.

    ἐργ- Hdt.2.115

    , A.Th. 845 (lyr.), etc., [ per.] 3pl. opt.

    ἐργασαίατο Ar.Av. 1147

    , Lys.42 ; [dialect] Dor.

    ἠργάξαντο SIG248

    M (Delph., iv B. C.): [tense] pf. εἴργασμαι, [dialect] Ion.

    ἔργ- Hdt.2.121

    .έ, A.Fr. 311, etc.—These tenses are used both in [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass. signfs.: for other [voice] Pass. tenses, v. infr. 111:—[dialect] Att. Inscrr. of cent. iv have ἠργαζόμην, ἠργασάμην, ([etym.] ἐξ-) IG22.1585.11, 1669.10, al., but εἴργασμαι ib.1666 A27 ; so also ἠργάσατο ib.7.424 (Oropus, iv B. C.), εἰργασμένος ib.3073.51 (Lebad., ii B. C.),

    ἐξήργασατο UPZ19.8

    (ii B. C.),

    εἴργασμαι PCair.Zen.146.3

    (iii B. C.); but this rule is often broken in later Pap., Inscrr., and codd.:—work, labour, esp. of husbandry, Hes.Op. 299, 309, Th.2.72, etc.; but also of all manual labour, of slaves,

    ἐ. ἀνάγκῃ Od.14.272

    ; of quarrymen, Hdt.2.124, etc.;

    τὴν οὐσίαν οὐ δικαζόμενον ἀλλ' ἐργαζόμενον κεκτημένον Antipho 2.2.12

    ; ἐ. ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις in the mines, D.42.31 : c. dat. instr., χαλκῷ with brass, Hes.Op. 151 ; also of animals,

    βοῦς ἐργάτης ἐργάζεται S. Fr. 563

    ; of birds working to get food, Arist.HA 616b35 ; of bees, ib. 625b22 ; of Hephaestus' self-acting bellows, Il.18.469 ; τὸ χρῆμ' ἐργάζεται the matter works, i.e. goes on, Ar.Ec. 148 ;

    ὁ ἀὴρ ἐργάζεται

    produces an effect,

    Thphr.CP5.12.7

    ; οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐργάσεται τὸ θερμόν ib.6.18.11.
    II trans., work at, make, ἔργα κλυτά, of Athena, Od. 20.72, cf. 22.422 ; ἀγάλματα, ὕμνους, Pi.N.5.1,I.2.46 ; τρίποδα, Νίκην, SIG34 (Delph., v B. C.);

    ἁμαξίδας Ar.Nu. 880

    ;

    οἰκοδόμημα Th.2.76

    ; εἰκόνας, ἀνδριάντας, καλὰ ἔργα, Pl.Cra. 431c, X.Mem.2.6.6, Pl.Men. 91d ; κηρόν, σχαδόνας, of bees, Arist.HA 627a6,30 ;

    μέλι Sor.Vit. Hippocr.11

    ; make so and so,

    ξηρὸν ἐ. τινά Luc.DMar.11.2

    ;

    μέγαν Ael.VH3.1

    .
    2 do, perform,

    ἔργα ἀεικέα Il.24.733

    ; ἔργον ἐπ' ἔργῳ ἐ., of husbandmen, Hes.Op. 382, cf. 397 ;

    ἐργασίας ἐ. Arist.EN 1121b33

    , cf. X.Oec.7.20 ; ἐναίσιμα, φίλα ἐ., Od.17.321, 24.210 ;

    θαυμαστά Pl.Smp. 213d

    ;

    περὶ θεοὺς ἄδικον μηδέν Id.Grg. 522d

    ; ἐ. πρᾶγμα, opp. βουλεύειν, S.Ant. 267, cf. OT 347 ;

    τὸ ἔργον Κυρίου 1 Ep.Cor.16.10

    : c. dupl. acc., do something to..,

    τά περ νῦν ἐ. [ὁ ἥλιος] τὸν Νεῖλον Hdt.2.26

    , etc.; chiefly in bad sense, do one ill, do one a shrewd turn,

    κακὰ ἐργάζεσθαί τινα S.Ph. 786

    , Th.1.137, etc.; so οἷά μ' εἰργάσω, τί μ' ἐργάσει; S.Ph. 928, 1172 (lyr.), etc.;

    μὴ δῆτα τοῦτό μ' ἐργάσῃ Id.El. 1206

    ;

    αἴσχιστα ἐ. τινά Ar.V. 787

    ; less freq.,

    ἀγαθὰ ἐ. τινά Hdt.8.79

    , cf. Th.3.52, Pl.Cri. 53a ;

    πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Id.Phdr. 244b

    ; seldom

    τινί τι Ar.V. 1350

    ;

    οἷν ἐμοὶ δυοῖν ἔργ' ἐστὶ κρείσσον' ἀγχόνης εἰργασμένα S.OT 1374

    .
    b perform rites,

    τὰ ἱερὰ ἐ. 1 Ep.Cor.9.13

    .
    c in Law, ζημίαν ἐ. do damage, Is.6.20, cf. Hyp.Ath.22.
    3 work a material,

    ὅπλα..οἷσίν τε χρυσὸν ἐργάζετο Od.3.435

    ; ἐ. γῆν till the land, Hdt.1.17, etc.;

    ἐ. [ἀγροὺς] ἐργάταις X.Cyr.1.6.11

    ;

    γῆν καὶ ξύλα καὶ λίθους Id.HG3.3.7

    ; [ ἀργυρῖτιν] Docum. ap. D.37.28 ; ἐ. θάλασσαν, of traders, D.H.3.46 ; γλαυκὴν ἐ., of fishers, Hes.Th. 440.
    4 earn by working,

    χρήματα Hdt.1.24

    , Ar.Eq. 840, etc.;

    καινὸν βίον ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου And.1.144

    , cf. Hes.Op.43 ;

    ἀργύριον ἀπὸ σοφίας Pl.Hp.Ma. 282d

    ;

    μισθοῦ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια X.Mem.2.8.2

    .
    5 work at, practise, μουσικήν, τέχνας, etc., Pl.Phd. 60e, R. 374a, etc.;

    ἐπιστήμας X.Oec.1.7

    ; ἀρετὴν καὶ σωφροσύνην v.l. in Isoc.13.6 ; δικαιοσύνην, ἀνομίαν, Act.Ap.10.35, Ev.Matt.7.23.
    6 abs., work at a trade or business, traffic, trade,

    ἐν [γναφείῳ] Lys.23.2

    ;

    ἐν ἐμπορίῳ καὶ χρήμασιν D.36.44

    ;

    ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Id.57.31

    (also οἱ τὴν τετράγωνον (sc. ἀγοράν) ἐργαζόμενοι those who trade in the square, BCH8.126 (cf. Glotta14.73));

    κατὰ θάλατταν D.56.48

    ; τούτοις..ναυτικοῖς ἐ. trade with this money on bottomry, Id.33.4 ;

    δὶς ἢ τρὶς ἐ. τῷ αὐτῷ ἀργυρίῳ Id.56.30

    ; ταῦτα ἐ. thus he trades, Id.25.82 ;

    οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι

    traders,

    Id.34.51

    ; οἱ ἐν Δήλῳ ἐ., = Lat. qui Deli negotiantur, CIG2285b ; esp. of courtesans, σώματι ἐ., Lat. quaestum corpore facere, D.59.20 ;

    ἐπὶ τέγους ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος Plb.12.13.2

    ; ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας Alexis Sam. ap. Ath.13.572f, Plu.Tim.14.
    7 cause,

    κολακείην Democr.268

    ;

    πημονάς S.Ant. 326

    ;

    πόθον τινί D.61.11

    ;

    σύριγγας ἀνιάτους Paul.Aeg. 6.44

    .
    III [voice] Pass., rarely in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf., D.H.8.87 ([etym.] ἐξ-), Hyp.Eux.35 : [tense] fut.

    ἐργασθήσομαι S.Tr. 1218

    , ([etym.] ἐξ-) Isoc.Ep.6.8 : [tense] pf. εἴργασμαι (v. infr.): [tense] aor. 1

    εἰργάσθην Pl.R. 353a

    , Thphr.HP6.3.2, etc.
    1 to be made or built,

    ἔργαστο τὸ τεῖχος Hdt.1.179

    ;

    ἐκ πέτρας εἰργασμένος A.Pr. 244

    ;

    οἰκοδόμημα διὰ ταχέων εἰργ. Th.4.8

    ; λίθοι εἰργ. wrought stones, Id.1.93 ;

    γῆ εἰργ. X.Oec.19.8

    ;

    θώρακας εὖ εἰργ. Id.Mem.3.10.9

    .
    2 to be done, A.Ag. 354, 1346, E.Hec. 1085 ;

    εἰργασμένα

    things done, deeds,

    Hdt.7.53

    ([etym.] ἐργ-), E. Ion 1281, cf. S.OT 1369.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐργάζομαι

  • 69 ἡγέομαι

    ἡγέομαι, [dialect] Dor. [pref] ἁγ- (irreg. [tense] pres. part.
    A

    ἁγώμενος Hymn.Curet.4

    ), [tense] impf. ἡγούμην ll.12.28, etc., [dialect] Ion.

    - εύμην Hdt.2.115

    ,

    ἡγέοντο Id.9.15

    : [tense] fut.

    ἡγήσομαι Il.14.374

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 1

    ἡγησάμην Od.14.48

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἡγήθην in pass. sense, PGiss.48.20 (iii A.D.) (cf. περιηγ-): [tense] pf.

    ἥγημαι Hdt.1.126

    , 2.115,

    ἅγημαι Pi.P.4.248

    :—go before, lead the way,

    ὣς εἰπὼν ἡγεῖθ', ἡ δ' ἕσπετο Παλλὰς 'Αθήνη Od.1.125

    ;

    ἂν πάϊς ἡγήσαιτο νήπιος 6.300

    , etc.;

    πρόσθεν δὲ.. Ἶρις ἡγεῖτ' Il.24.96

    ;

    ἡγοῦ πάροιθε E. Ph. 834

    ;

    ἡ. ἐπὶ νῆα Od.13.65

    ;

    ἐς τεῖχος Il.20.144

    ;

    κλισίηνδε Od.14

    . 48, cf. Hdt.2.93, etc.;

    ἡγησόμενος οὐδεὶς ἔσται X.An.2.4.5

    : Astron., precede in the daily movement, Autol.2.3, al.
    b c. dat. pers.,

    Τρωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι Il.22.101

    ;

    ἐκ Δουλιχίου.. ἡγεῖτο μνηστῆρσι Od.16.397

    ;

    οἱ γὰρ βλέποντες τοῖς τυφλοῖς ἡγούμεθα Ar.Pl.15

    ;

    ἡ. τοῖς πολίταις πρὸς ἀρετήν X.Ages.10.2

    .
    c with ὁδόν added, ὁδὸν ἡγήσασθαι to go before on the way, Od.10.263;

    ἡ. τινὶ τὴν ὁδόν Hdt.9.15

    .
    d c. acc. loci, ἥ οἱ.. πόλιν ἡγήσαιτο who might guide him to the city, Od.6.114, cf. 7.22, 15.82;

    ἡ. βωμοὺς ἀστικούς A.Supp. 501

    .
    e ἅρματα ἡ. drive chariots, Philostr.Im.2.23.
    f of logical priority, to be antecedent, opp. ἕπεσθαι, Stoic.2.71, 88, S.E. M.8.110, al., Dam.Pr. 241, Phlp. in GC195.13, in Ph.496.14.
    g ἡγούμενον, τό, the leading principle, the main thing, Ph.Bel.63.14, cf. Sosip.1.47.
    2 c. dat. pers. et gen. rei, to be one's leader in a thing,

    θεῖος ἀοιδὸς.. ἡμῖν ἡγείσθω.. ὀρχηθμοῖο Od.23.134

    ; ἡ. τινὶ σοφίας, ᾠδῆς, Pi.P.l.c., Pl.Alc.1.125d;

    ἀλήθεια δὴ πάντων μὲν ἀγαθῶν θεοῖς ἡγεῖται πάντων δὲ ἀνθρώποις Id.Lg. 730c

    ;

    ἡ. τοῦ χοροῦ Πέρσαις X.Cyr.8.7.1

    , cf. Call.Del. 313: c. gen. rei, ἁ. νόμων to lead the song, Pi.N.5.25;

    φρόνησις ἡ. τοῦ ὀρθῶς πράττειν Pl.Men. 97c

    ;

    ἡ. παντὸς καὶ λόγου καὶ ἔργου X.Mem.2.3.15

    : also,

    τὸ ὀρθῶς τοῖς τοιούτοις χρῆσθαι ἐπιστήμη ἦν ἡγουμένη Pl.Euthd. 281a

    .
    3 c. dat. rei, to be leader in.., κερδοσύνῃ, νηπιέῃσι ἡ. τινί, Il.22.247, Od.24.469.
    4 c. acc. rei, lead, conduct,

    ἡ. τὰς πομπάς D.21.174

    ; τὴν ἀποδημίαν (v.l. for ᾐτήσατο) Dinon 7;

    τὰς τύχας E.Supp. 226

    : with adverbial acc.,

    ἡ γλῶσσα πάνθ' ἡγουμένη S.Ph.99

    .
    5 part. ἡγούμενος, η, ον, as Adj., σκέλη ἡγούμενα, opp. ἑπόμενα, the front legs, Arist.IA 713b6; ὁ ἡ. πούς the advanced foot, Id.Fr.74.
    II lead, command in war, c. dat.,

    νῆες θοαί, ᾗσιν 'Αχιλλεὺς ἐς Τροίην ἡγεῖτο Il.16.169

    , cf. Od.14.238; οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν ἐπὶ στίχας ἡγήσαιτο might lead them to their ranks, Il.2.687;

    ἡ. Τρώεσσιν ἐς Ἴλιον 5.211

    ;

    ἡ. Μῄοσιν 2.864

    ;

    λόγχαισιν E.Ba. 1360

    ;

    ἑτέροις Lys. 31.17

    , cf. X.An.5.2.6;

    ἐν ταῖς στρατείαις, αἷς ἡγεῖται βασιλεύς Isoc. 12.180

    : also generally,

    πόλει E.Fr.282.24

    ; but usu. c. gen.,

    Σαρπηδὼν δ' ἡγήσατ'.. ἐπικούρων Il.12.101

    ;

    ἡγήσατο λαῶν 15.311

    , cf. 2.567, al.;

    ἡ. τῆς ἐξόδου Th.2.10

    ;

    ἡγούμενος τῶν ἡδονῶν ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀγόμενος ὑπ' αὐτῶν Isoc.9.45

    : abs., to be in command, Id.16.21, etc.
    2 rule, have dominion, c. gen., τῆς 'Ασίης, τῆς συμμαχίης, Hdt.1.95, 7.148;

    οἱ Θεσσαλίης ἡγεόμενοι Id.9.1

    : abs., οἱ ἡγούμενοι the rulers, S. Ph. 386, cf. A.Ag. 1363;

    ἡ. ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς

    leading men,

    Act.Ap. 15.22

    ; ἡ. σχολῆς to be the head of a philosophical school, Phld.Acad. Ind.p.107 M., al.
    3 as official title, ἡγούμενος, , president,

    συνόδου PGrenf.2.67.3

    (iii A.D.); γερδίων ib.43.9 (i A.D.);

    ἱερέων PLond. 2.281.2

    (i A.D.): abs., PFay.110.26 (i A.D.).
    b of Roman governors, ἡ. ἔθνους,= Lat. praeses provinciae, POxy.1020.5 (ii/iii A.D.);

    ἡ. τῆς Γαλατίας Luc.Alex.44

    .
    c of subordinate officials,

    ἡ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy.294.19

    (i A.D.);

    κώμης PRyl.125.3

    (i A.D.).
    d abbot, Just.Nov.7.1, al.: fem. - μένη abbess, ibid.
    4 ἡγούμενος as Adj., principal,

    πυλών PFlor.382.15

    (iii A.D.), POxy.55.9 (iii A.D.).
    III post-Hom., believe, hold, Hdt. (usu. in [tense] pf. ἥγημαι, [ per.] 3pl. ἡγέαται), etc.;

    ἡ. τι εἶναι Id.1.126

    , al.;

    ἡγεῖσθε δὲ [θεοὺς] βλέπειν.. πρὸς τὸν εὐσεβῆ βροτῶν S.OC 278

    , cf. Th.2.89, Ar.Nu. 1020 (lyr.), etc.
    2 with an attributive word added, ἡ. τινὰ βασιλέα hold or regard as king, Hdt.6.52;

    μηδ' αὐθαδίαν εὐβουλίας ἀμείνον' ἡγήσῃ ποτέ A.Pr. 1035

    ;

    ἅπαντας ἐχθροὺς τῶν θεῶν ἡγοῦ πλέον Id.Ch. 902

    , cf. 905; ἡ. τἄλλα πάντα δεύτερα to hold everything else secondary, S.Ph. 1442; οὐκ αἰσχρὸν ἡγῇ.. τὰ ψευδῆ λέγειν; ib. 108, cf. Ant. 1167;

    τὰς τούτων ἀπορίας ἀντιπάλους ἡ. τῷ ἡμετέρῳ πλήθει Th.4.10

    ;

    περὶ πολλοῦ ἥγημαι μὴ ξεινοκτονέειν Hdt.2.115

    ;

    περὶ πλείονος Isoc.19.10

    ;

    περὶ πλείστου Th.2.89

    ;

    περὶ οὐδενός Lys.7.26

    ; παρ' οὐδέν Decr. ap. D.18.164: c. part.,

    πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ ζημιουμένη φυγῇ E.Med. 454

    .
    3 esp. of belief in gods,

    τὴν μεγίστην δαίμονα ἥγηνται εἶναι Hdt.2.40

    , cf. 3.8; ἡ. θεούς to believe in gods, Ar.Eq.32, E.Hec. 800, Ba. 1326;

    δαίμονας ἡ. Pl.Ap. 27d

    .
    4 ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν think fit, deem necessary, c. inf., And.1.23, D.1.20: without δεῖν, παθεῖν μᾶλλον ἡγησάμενοι ἤ .. Th.2.42 (s.v.l.);

    ἡγησάμην διατάγματι αὐτοὺς σωφρονίσαι Inscr.Magn.114

    (ii A.D.);

    ἡγήσατο ἐπαινέσαι Pl.Prt. 346b

    .
    IV [tense] pf. in pass. sense, τὰ ἁγημένα,= τὰ νομιζόμενα, Orac. ap. D.43.66; ἡγεόμενον being led, Hdt.3.14 ( ἀγόμενον Dind.): hence act. form ἡγέω, Hdn.Gr.2.950. ( sāg-, cf. Lat. praesagio.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἡγέομαι

  • 70 ὅρος

    ὅρος, Corc. [full] ὄρϝος IG9(1).698.1 (written
    A

    ὄρβος 700.1

    ); Cret. and Arg. [full] ὦρος SIG685.59, Mnemos.42.332 ; Heracl. [full] ὄρος Tab.Heracl.1.53, al., cf. ἄντορος; [dialect] Ion. [full] οὖρος GDI5518 and 5493b25, Democr.4, Hdt. (v. infr.) (also Theraean IG12(3).436); Megarian [full] ὄρρος (?) Berl.Sitzb.1888.885, cf. ὁμορέω: :—boundary, landmark,

    ἀμφ' οὔροισι δύ' ἀνέρε δηριάασθον Il.12.421

    ;

    λίθον.., τόν ῥ' ἄνδρες πρότεροι θέσαν ἔμμεναι οὖρον ἀρούρης 21.405

    ;

    ἐγὼ δὲ τούτων ὥσπερ ἐν μεταιχμίῳ ὅ. κατέστην Sol.

    ap. Arist.Ath.12.5 : the regions separated by the boundary are usu. in gen.,

    οὖρος τῆς Μηδικῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς Λυδικῆς Hdt.1.72

    , etc.: in dat.,

    οὐδεὶς ὅρος ἐκ θεῶν χρηστοῖς οὐδὲ κακοῖς E.HF 669

    (lyr.): with a single gen.,

    ῥεῖθρον ἠπείροιν ὅρον A.Pr. 790

    ; γάμου ὅ. the time within which one may marry, Pl.Lg. 785b ; οἱ ὅ. τῶν διαστημάτων the notes which limit the intervals in the musical scale, Id.Phlb. 17d, cf. Aristox. Harm.pp.49,56 M. ;

    ὅροι τρεῖς ἁρμονίας.., νεάτης τε καὶ ὑπάτης καὶ μέσης Pl.R. 443d

    ; ἐς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα οὖρον τῆς ζόης ἀνθρώπῳ προτίθημι I set the limit of human life at seventy years, Hdt.1.32, cf. 74, 216;

    ζωᾶς ὅρον ἡμετέρας B.5.144

    : abs., εἰς τὸν τόπον.., ἐν οἷς ἂν.. ὅρους θῶνται τῶν ὠνίων wherever (they) appoint fixed places for trading, Pl.Lg. 849e; decision of a magistrate,

    ὅρον δώσω PThead.15.20

    (iii A.D.); so

    ὅρον προσγράψαι D.23.40

    ;

    ὅρους τοῖς βαρβάροις πήξαντες Lycurg.73

    ;

    εἷς ὅρος παγήσεται Th.4.92

    ;

    τὸν ὅρον ὑπερβάντες Pl.R. 373d

    , etc.: also in pl., bounds, boundaries,

    ἐν οὔροισι χώρης Hdt.4.52

    , cf. 125;

    τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων οὔρους Id.2.17

    ;

    ὑπὸ Κυλλάνας ὅροις Pi.O.6.77

    ;

    γῆς ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις ὅροις A.Pr. 666

    ;

    τὸ ἀκόντιον ἔξω τῶν ὅ. τῆς αὑτοῦ πορείας.. ἐξενεχθὲν ἔτρωσεν αὐτόν Antipho 3.2.4

    ;

    ἐντὸς ὅρων Ἡρακλείων Pl.Ti. 25c

    .
    2 metaph.,

    ὅροι θεσπεσίας ὁδοῦ A.Ag. 1154

    (lyr.); θῆλυς ὅ. the boundary of a woman's mind, v. ἐπινέμω 11.3.
    II memorial stone or pillar, Hdt.1.93 : esp.
    b pillar (whether inscribed or not, cf. Harp.) set up on mortgaged property, to serve as a bond or register of the debt, Sol.36 ;

    ὅπως.. ὅροι τεθεῖεν Is.6.36

    : with gen. of the amount, τίθησιν ὅρους ἐπὶ μὲν τὴν οἰκίαν δισχιλίων (sc. δραχμῶν),

    ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ χωρίον ταλάντου D.31.1

    , cf. 25.69 ;

    δανείζειν τοὺς ἱερέας.. ἐπὶ χωρίῳ.. καὶ ὅρον ἐφιστάναι IG22.1183.29

    , cf. D. 41.6, Thphr.Char.10.9 : specimens are IG12(7).412 ([place name] Amorgos), 22.2642,al.
    c boundary-stone marking the limits of temple-lands, ὅ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ib.12.858, cf. 860,22.2597, al.; ὅρος· μὴ τοιχοδομεῖν ἐντὸς τῶν ὅρων ἰδιώτην ib.7.422 (Orop.), cf. 1785 (Thesp.), etc. ; ὅ. κρήνης, λεσχέων δημοσίων, ὁδοῦ, etc., ib.12.874,888,877, etc. ; similarly, ὅ. σήματος ib.903, al., 22.2568, al.; ὅ. μνημάτων ib.12.906; ὅ. μνήματος ib.22.2527, al.; ὅ. θήκης ib.2586, al.
    III standard, measure, ἢν δ' ἄγαν δοκῶ χρονίζειν.. Answ. τοῦδ' ὅ. τίς ἐστί μοι; E.IT 1219 ;

    ὅροι τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κανόνες D.18.296

    ; rule, canon,

    εἷς ὅρος, μία βροτοῖσίν ἐστιν εὐτυχίας ὁδός B.Fr.7

    ;

    ὅρον πολιτείας ὁλιγαρχικῆς ταξάμενοι πλῆθος χρημάτων Pl.R. 551a

    ;

    ἀριστοκρατίας ὅρος ἀρετή, ὀλιγαρχίας πλοῦτος Arist.Pol. 1294a10

    ;

    ὁμολογίᾳ θέμενοι ὅρον, εἰς τοῦτο ἀποβλέποντες καὶ ἀναφέροντες τὴν σκέψιν ποιώμεθα Pl.Phdr. 237d

    : hence, end, aim,

    ἕν' ὅ. θέμενος παντὶ τρόπῳ μ' ἀνελεῖν D.21.105

    .
    IV in Logic, term of a proposition (whether subject or predicate), Arist.APr. 24b16, Cael. 282a1, al. ; ὅ. μέσος the middle term, Id.EN 1142b24, cf. APr. 25b33 sq.: hence,
    b definition,

    ἔστι ὅ. λόγος ὁ τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι σημαίνων Id.Top. 101b39

    , cf. 139a24, al. ; defined as

    ἡ τοῦ ἰδίου ἀπόδοσις Chrysipp.Stoic.2.75

    : in pl., title of pseudo-Platonic work.
    c premiss of a syllogism, ὅ. κατηγορικοί, στερητικοί, Arist.APr. 29a21, cf. 31b33, al.
    2 Math., term of a ratio or proportion, Archyt.2, Arist.EN 1131b5 sqq., Euc.5Def.8, Nicom.Ar.1.8.
    3 pl., terms, conditions,

    συνθέσθαι πρός τινα ἐπὶ ὅροις, ὥστε.. CPR19.8

    (iv A.D.).
    4 Astrol., οἱ τρεῖς ὅ. the three terms, used in various calculations, Vett. Val.304.1, al. (Spir. lenis in some dialects which have not lost spir. asper is inferred from absence of a sign for h in Corc. ὄρϝος, Arg.ὦρος, Heracl. ὄρος, cf. ἄντορος.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅρος

  • 71 θέλω

    θέλω (s. prec. two entries; on its relation to the Attic ἐθέλω, which is not found in NT, LXX, En, TestSol, TestAbr, TestJob, Test12Patr, GrBar, JosAs, ParJer, ApcEsdr, ApcMos, AscIs, s. Kühner-Bl. I 187f; II 408f; B-D-F §101 p. 45; Mlt-H. 88; 189; Rob. 205f. θέλω is found since 250 B.C. in the Attic ins [Meisterhans3-Schw. p. 178; Threatte II 637f], likew. quite predom. in the pap [Mayser I2/2, ’38, 119]; LXX, En, TestSol, TestAbr, TestJob, Test12Patr; GrBar 13:1; JosAs 23:7; ApcSed; AscIs 3:23; Jos., Ant. 18, 144, C. Ap. 2, 192; apolog., exc. Mel. [but s. ἐθέλω]) impf. ἤθελον; fut. θελήσω Rv 11:5 v.l.; 1 aor. ἠθέλησα ([ἤθελα TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 2: Stone p. 12] on the augment s. B-D-F §66, 3; Mlt-H. 188); pf. 2 sg. τεθέληκας Ps 40:11; 1 aor. pass. subj. θεληθῶ IRo 8:1. ‘Wish’.
    to have a desire for someth., wish to have, desire, want τὶ someth. (on the difference betw. θ. and βούλομαι s. the latter) (Diogenes the Cynic, Fgm. 2: Trag. Gr. p. 809 Nauck2; Sotades [280 B.C.: not the comic poet] in Stob. 3, 1, 66 t. III p. 27, 5 H.; πάντα θέλων Theocr. 14, 11 πάντα, πᾶν ὅ ἐὰν θελήσωμεν, ποιήσωμεν En 97:9) Mt 20:21; Mk 14:36 (DDaube, A Prayer Pattern in Judaism, TU 73, ’59, 539–45); Lk 5:39; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:21; 2 Cor 11:12. W. pres. inf. foll. τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν; why do you want to hear (it) again? J 9:27a. εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι Mt 19:21 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 2, 2 εἰ ἐθέλεις ἐπέραστος εἶναι). ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι wished to make a defense Ac 19:33. ἤθελον παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι I wish I were with you now Gal 4:20. ἤθελον I would like w. aor. inf. (Epict. 1, 29, 38; PLond III, 897, 20 p. 207 [84 A.D.]); Hv 3, 8, 6; 3, 11, 4 (s. B-D-F §359, 2; cp. Rob. 923). θέλω w. aor. inf. foll. also occurs Mt 5:40; 12:38; 16:25; 19:17; Mk 10:43; Lk 8:20; 23:8; J 12:21 (Diog. L. 6, 34 ξένων δέ ποτε θεάσασθαι θελόντων Δημοσθένην); Ac 25:9b; 2 Cor 11:32 v.l.; Gal 3:2; Js 2:20 (cp. Seneca, Ep. 47, 10: vis tu cogitare); 1 Pt 3:10; B 7:11 (Ar. 13:5; Just., D. 8:4; Tat. 19, 2; Ath. 32, 1). Abs., though the inf. is to be supplied fr. the context: Mt 17:12 (sc. ποιῆσαι); 27:15; Mk 9:13; J 21:18. Foll. by acc. w. inf. Mk 7:24; Lk 1:62; J 21:22f; Ac 16:3; Ro 16:19; 1 Cor 7:7, 32; 14:5; Gal 6:13 (Just., D. 6, 2; Tat. 19, 3). Negative οὐ θέλω (other moods take μή as neg.) I do not wish, I am not willing, I will not foll. by acc. (Just., D. 28, 4 περιτομήν) and aor. inf. Mt 23:4; Lk 19:14, 27; 1 Cor 10:20; IRo 2:1. οὐ θέλω (θέλομεν) ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν I do not wish you to be ignorant = I want you to know (BGU 27, 5 and PGiss 11, 4 [118 A.D.] γινώσκειν σε θέλω ὅτι) Ro 1:13; 11:25; 1 Cor 10:1; 12:1; 2 Cor 1:8; 1 Th 4:13. W. ἵνα foll. (Epict. 1, 18, 14; 2, 7, 8) Mt 7:12; Mk 6:25; 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24 (on Mt 7:12=Lk 6:31 [w. inf. αὐτοῖς γίνεσθαι Ar. 15, 5] s. LPhilippidis, D. ‘Goldene Regel’ religionsgesch. untersucht 1929, Religionswissensch. Forschungsberichte über die ‘goldene Regel’ ’33; GKing, The ‘Negative’ Golden Rule, JR 8, 1928, 268–79; ADihle, D. Goldene Regel, ’62; Betz, SM ad loc.). Foll. by aor. subj. (deliberative subj.; s. Kühner-G. I 221f; B-D-F §366, 3; 465, 2; Rob. 935; Epict. 3, 2, 14 θέλεις σοι εἴπω;=‘do you wish me to tell you?’; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 14 III, 6 καὶ σοὶ [=σὺ] λέγε τίνος θέλεις κατηγορήσω) θέλεις συλλέξωμεν αὐτά; do you want us to gather them? Mt 13:28; θέλις χαλκέα ἄγωμεν; do you want us to bring a smith? AcPl Ha 3, 5. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32 (cp. Plautus, Merc. 1, 2, 49 [ln. 159]: quid vis faciam?); cp. 26:17; 27:17, 21; Mk 10:36 (CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357; AHiggins, ET 52, ’41, 317f), 51; 14:12; 15:9, 12 v.l.; Lk 9:54; 18:41; 22:9. W. ἤ foll.: I would rather … than … or instead of (Trypho Alex. [I B.C.], Fgm. 23 [AvVelsen 1853] = Gramm. Gr. II/2 p. 43, 10 περιπατεῖν θέλω ἤπερ ἑστάναι; Epict. 3, 22, 53; BGU 846, 15 [II A.D.] θέλω πηρὸς γενέσθαι, ἢ γνῶναι, ὅπως ἀνθρώπῳ ἔτι ὀφείλω ὀβολόν; 2 Macc 14:42; Just., A I, 15, 8) 1 Cor 14:19. W. εἰ foll. (Is 9:4f; Sir 23:14) τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη how I wish it were already kindled! Lk 12:49.
    to have someth. in mind for oneself, of purpose, resolve, will, wish, want, be ready (cp. Pla., Ap. 41a) to do τὶ someth. Ro 7:15f, 19f (Epict. 2, 26, 1 of one who errs ὸ̔ μὲν θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ what he resolves he does not do; cp. also 2, 26, 2; 4 and s. on ποιέω 2e; Ar. 9, 1 εἰ θελήσομεν ἐπεξελθεῖν τῷ λόγῳ; Just., D. 2, 2 θέλω εἰπεῖν); 1 Cor 7:36; Gal 5:17. W. aor. inf. foll. (Judg 20:5) Mt 11:14; 20:14; 23:37; 26:15. ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς he was ready to pass by them Mk 6:48 (CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 356). Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι Herod wants to kill you Lk 13:31. Cp. J 1:43. ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσετε ἀγαλλιασθῆναι you were minded to rejoice 5:35; 6:21; 7:44; Ac 25:9a; Gal 4:9; Col 1:27; 1 Th 2:18; Rv 11:5. Also pres. inf. (2 Esdr 11:11) J 6:67; 7:17; 8:44; Ac 14:13; 17:18; Ro 7:21; 2 Cl 6:1; B 4:9. Abs., but w. the inf. supplied fr. the context Mt 8:2 (cp. what was said to the physician in Epict. 3, 10, 15 ἐὰν σὺ θέλῃς, κύριε, καλῶς ἕξω); Mk 3:13; 6:22; J 5:21; Ro 9:18ab; Rv 11:6. τί οὖν θέλετε, κρίνατε AcPl Ha 1, 26. W. acc. and inf. foll. 1 Cl 36:2.—Abs. ὁ θέλων the one who wills Ro 9:16. τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος if it is God’s will (Jos., Ant. 7, 373; PMich 211, 4 τοῦ Σεράπιδος θέλοντος; PAmh 131, 5 ἐλπίζω θεῶν θελόντων διαφεύξεσθαι; PGiss 18, 10; BGU 423, 18 τῶν θεῶν θελόντων; 615, 4f; Ar. 7, 1 μὴ θέλοντος αὐτοῦ) Ac 18:21. Also ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ (Pla., Phd. 80d; Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1 p. 135d; Demosth. 4, 7; 25, 2 ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ; Ps.-Demetr., Form. Ep. 11, 12 ἐὰν οἱ θεοὶ θ.; PPetr I, 2, 3; Just., D. 5, 3 ἔστʼ ἂν ὁ θεὸς θέλῃ) 1 Cor 4:19; cp. Js 4:15; 1 Cl 21:9. ὅτε θέλει καὶ ὡς θέλει 27:5 (cp. BGU 27, 11 ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἤθελεν). καθὼς ἠθέλησεν (i.e. ὁ θεός) 1 Cor 12:18; 15:38 (Hymn to Isis: SEG VIII, 549, 19f [I B.C.] πᾶσι μερίζεις οἷσι θέλεις). Cp. εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ= if God so wills it 1 Pt 3:17 (v.l. θέλει; on fluctuation of opt. and ind. in the ms. tradition, cp. Soph., Antig. 1032). οὐ θέλω I will not, do not propose, am not willing, do not want w. pres. inf. foll. (Gen 37:35; Is 28:12; Tat. 4:2 al.) J 7:1; 2 Th 3:10; 2 Cl 13:1. W. aor. inf. foll. (2 Km 23:16; Jer 11:10) Mt 2:18 (cp. Jer 38:15); 15:32; 22:3; Mk 6:26; Lk 15:28; J 5:40; Ac 7:39; 1 Cor 16:7; Dg 10:7 al. Abs., but w. the inf. to be supplied fr. the context Mt 18:30; Lk 18:4. οὐ θέλω I prefer not to Mt 21:29. AcPl Ha 3, 6; 7, 3.—Of purpose, opp. ἐνεργεῖν Phil 2:13. Opp. κατεργάζεσθαι Ro 7:18. Opp. ποιεῖν 2 Cor 8:10 (s. Betz, 2 Cor 64). Opp. πράσσειν Ro 7:15, 19.
    to take pleasure in, like
    w. inf. foll.: to do someth. Mk 12:38 (later in the same sentence w. acc.; cp. b τὶ); Lk 20:46 (w. φιλεῖν).
    τινά (Gorgias: Vorsokr. 82 Fgm. 29 [in the Gnomolog. Vatic. 166, s. WienerStud. 10, p. 36] τοῖς μνηστῆρσιν, οἳ Πηνελόπην θέλοντες …; Vi. Aesopi W 31 P. θέλω αὐτήν; Ps 40:12; Tob 13:8; ParJer 8:2 ὁ θέλων τὸν κύριον) Mt 27:43 (Ps 21:9); IMg 3:2. τὶ (Epict. 1, 4, 27; Ezk 18:32) Mt 9:13; 12:7 (both Hos 6:6); Hb 10:5, 8 (both Ps 39:7). ἔν τινι (neut.: TestAsh 1:6 v.l. ἐὰν ἡ ψυχὴ θέλῃ ἐν καλῷ; Ps 111:1; 146:10; masc.: 1 Km 18:22; 2 Km 15:26; 3 Km 10:9) θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ taking pleasure in humility Col 2:18 (Augustine, Ep. 149, 27 [MPL 33, 641f]; AFridrichsen, ZNW 21, 1922, 135f; s. B-D-F §148, 2 and R. §148, 2).
    abs. feel affection perh. w. obj. for me understood (opp. μισεῖν) IRo 8:3.
    to have an opinion, maintain contrary to the true state of affairs (Paus. 1, 4, 6 Ἀρκάδες ἐθέλουσιν εἶναι; 8, 36, 2; Herodian 5, 3, 5 εἰκόνα ἡλίου ἀνέργαστον εἶναι θέλουσιν) λανθάνει αὐτοὺς τοῦτο θέλοντας in maintaining this it escapes them (=they forget) 2 Pt 3:5. Of the devil [θεὸς] θέλων εἶναι AcPlCor 2:11.—HRiesenfeld, Zum Gebrauch von θέλω im NT: Arbeiten … aus dem neutestamentlichen Seminar zu Uppsala 1, ’36, 1–8; AWifstrand, Die griech. Verba für ‘wollen’: Eranos 40, ’42.
    τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι; what can this mean? Ac 2:12; cp. 17:20; Lk 15:26 D.—B. 1160. DELG s.v. ἐθέλω. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θέλω

  • 72 λόγος

    λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).
    a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word
    of utterance, chiefly oral.
    α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).
    β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).
    γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).
    δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.
    ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).
    of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.
    computation, reckoning
    a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.
    settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.
    reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.
    reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).
    πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.
    In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).
    the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος

  • 73 λούω

    λούω (s. prec. entry; Hom.+) fut. λούσω LXX; 1 aor. ἔλουσα. Pass. 1 aor. 2 sg. ἐλούσθης Ezk 16:4; pf. ptc. λελουμένος J 13:10 and λελουσμένος Hb 10:22 (B-D-F §70, 3; W-S. §13, 1; Mlt-H. 248; Helbing 100f)
    to use water to cleanse a body of physical impurity, wash, as a rule of the whole body, bathe
    act., abs. of the washing of a corpse (Hom. et al.) Ac 9:37; GPt 6:24. Of persons who have been scourged ἔλουσεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν he washed their wounds (lit., ‘by washing he freed them from the effects of the blows’) Ac 16:33 (on the constr. w. ἀπό s. 3 below. Also Antig. Car. 163 of Europa: λούσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς μίξεως=wash off the traces of intercourse with Zeus). For Rv 1:5 v.l. s. 3.
    mid. I wash myself, I bathe myself (Hom. et al.) lit., of man or beast: of a woman λουομένη εἰς τὸν ποταμόν bathing in the river Hv 1, 1, 2 (λ. εἰς also Ptolem. Euerg. II [II B.C.]: 234 Fgm. 3 Jac.; Alciphron 3, 7, 1 λουσάμενοι εἰς τὸ βαλανεῖον; Cyranides p. 57, 6; Iren. 3, 3, 4 [Harv. II 13, 11 and 12]). ὗς λουσαμένη 2 Pt 2:22 (s. βόρβορος 2).
    to use water in a cultic manner for purification, wash oneself, bathe oneself, cleanse, bathe, mid., of cultic washings
    (Soph., Ant. 1201 τὸν μὲν λούσαντες ἁγνὸν λουτρόν; Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1203 λοέσσατο ποταμοῖο … θείοιο … before the sacrifice Jason washed himself clean of pollution, in the divine river; Plut., Mor. 264d λούσασθαι πρὸ τῆς θυσίας; Ael. Aristid. 33, 32 K.=51 p. 582 D.: πρὸς θεῶν λούσασθαι κέρδος ἐστὶ ζῶντα, ὸ̔ καὶ τελευτήσαντι μένει; Dssm., NB 54 [BS 226f] cites for this usage three ins, all of which have the mid., two in combination w. ἀπό τινος; Sb 4127, 14 ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἁγίῳ τῷ τῆς ἀθανασίας ὕδατι λουσάμενος; Ramsay, Exp. 7th ser., 8, 1909, p. 280, 1; LXX; Jos., Vi. 11 λ. πρὸς ἁγνείαν) of the act of purification necessary before entering the temple Ox 840, 14; 19; 24f (ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τοῦ Δαυίδ); 32 (ὕδασιν). ὁ λελουμένος the one who has bathed (in contrast to the one who has his feet washed, and with allusion to the cleansing of the whole body in baptism [λελουμένος ‘newly bathed, after the bath’ Hdt. 1, 126; Aristoph., Lysist. 1064; Plut., Mor. 958b λουσαμένοις ἢ νιψαμένοις; Lev 15:11 τ. χεῖρας νίπτεσθαι, λούεσθαι τὸ σῶμα]; difft. HWindisch, Johannes u. d. Synoptiker 1926, 77. On foot-washing s. also GKnight, Feetwashing: Enc. of Rel. and Ethics V 814–23; PFiebig, Αγγελος III 1930, 121–28; BBacon, ET 43, ’32, 218–21; HvCampenhausen, ZNW 33, ’34, 259–71; FBraun, RB 44, ’35, 22–33; ELohmeyer, ZNW 38, ’39, 74–94; AFridrichsen, ibid. 94–96; Bultmann, comm. J ad loc., 355–65; JDunn, ZNW 61, ’70, 247–52) J 13:10 (λού. beside νίπτ. in eating Tob 7:9 S; λού. before eating AcThom 89=Aa p. 204 l. 7f). λούσασθε wash yourselves 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:16). Always of baptism (Hippol., Ref. 5, 7, 19) AcPl Ha 2, 35; 3, 6; 5, 1f; 7, 20.—The sense is in doubt in εἴ τις μεταλάβῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου καὶ λούσεται if anyone receives the body of the Lord (in the Eucharist) and then mouth-rinses or bathes Agr 19.
    I wash for myself w. obj. in acc. (Hes.+) τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ (cp. Dt 23:12) Hb 10:22 (of baptism).
    to cause to be purified, cleanse, act. (in imagery, via liquid other than water) τῷ λούσαντι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ Rv 1:5 v.l. (For the use of an agent other than water in connection with λ., but in a difft. sense, s. Simonid. 144 a bow bathed in blood [Diehl2 II p. 113=Bergk 143]; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 13, 3 pers. bathed in blood.) On this rdg. s. PvonderOsten-Sacken, ZNW 58, ’67, 258 n. 17.—B. 579. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λούω

  • 74 παρακολουθέω

    παρακολουθέω fut. παρακολουθήσω; 1 aor. παρηκολούθησα; pf. παρηκολούθηκα (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; ins, pap, 2 Macc, TestSol; JosAs 29:6; ApcMos 8; Philo, Joseph., Just.; Tat. 12, 5; Ath.) ‘follow’.
    to be closely associated w. someone viewed as an authority figure, follow lit. of direct discipleship τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Papias (2, 4); αὐτῷ: Jesus (2, 15).—Otherw.
    to be attendant upon, follow, accompany, attend w. dat. of pers. (τύχη ἡμῖν π. Demosth. 42, 21; Plut., Mor. 207e; πυρετοί μοι π. Demosth. 54, 11; βλάβη μοι π. PReinach 18, 15 [II B.C.]; 19, 12; PTebt 28, 2; PStras 22, 20. Cp. 2 Macc 8:11; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 70; Ath. 31, 1 [w. acc. and inf.]) σημεῖα τοῖς πιστεύσασιν ταῦτα παρακολουθήσει these signs will attend those who have come to believe Mk 16:17 (v.l. ἀκολουθήσει).
    to conform to someone’s belief or practice by paying special attention, follow faithfully, follow as a rule (SIG 885, 32 π. τῇ περὶ τὸ θεῖον τῆς πόλεως θεραπείᾳ; PTebt 124, 4 [I B.C.] τῇ αὐτῶν π. πίστει; 2 Macc 9:27 π. τῇ ἐμῇ προαιρέσει) διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Ti 4:6; 2 Ti 3:10. This sense involves only a slight transference from ‘follow with the mind, understand, make one’s own’ (Demosth. et al.; esp. a t.t. of the Stoics) w. dat. of thing (Polyb. 3, 32, 2; Epict. 1, 6, 13 of intelligent awareness as opposed to mere functioning, the diff. between animals and humans; Vett. Val. 276, 23; SIG 718, 9 [c. 100 B.C.]; Just., D. 114, 1).
    to pay careful attention to someth. in a segment of time, follow a thing, follow a course of events, take note of w. dat. of thing (Demosth. 18, 172 παρηκολουθηκότα τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς=one well acquainted with the affairs from the very beginning; 19, 257 ἀκριβέστατʼ εἰδὼς ἐγὼ καὶ παρηκολουθηκὼς ἅπασι κατηγορῶ=I bring my charges as one who has accurate knowledge and has followed everything; UPZ 71, 20 [152 B.C.] τῇ ἀληθείᾳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 53 personal acquaintance as opposed to information secured second-hand; 218 of inability to have a thorough grasp of certain writings: μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας … παρακολουθεῖν) ἐμοὶ παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς to me, with a firm grasp of everything from the beginning Lk 1:3 (s. HCadbury, Beginn. II 501f; Exp. 8th ser., 144, 1922, 401–20; NTS 3, ’56/57: 128ff having been familiar with, and M-M.; JRopes, JTS 25, 1924, 67–71.—GWhitaker, Exp. 8th ser., 118, 1920, 262–72; 119, 1920, 380–84; 121, 1921, 239ff; BBacon, Le témoignage de Luc sur luimême: RHPR 8, 1928, 209–26. Luke does not specify the means whereby he was able to assert his thorough familiarity [a rendering such as ‘research’ or ‘investigate’ depends on interpretation of the context and not on the semantic content of π.]. It can be assumed that some of it was derived from the kinds of sources cited in vs. 2. S. also s.v. ἀνατάσσομαι).—LAlexander, The Preface to Luke’s Gospel ’93, 127–31.—DELG s.v. ἀκόλουθος. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παρακολουθέω

  • 75 πολιτεύομαι

    πολιτεύομαι (πολίτης; the mid., which is the only voice found in our lit., since Thu., Aristoph.+) 1 aor. ἐπολιτευσάμην, subj. 1 pl. πολιτευσώμεθα; pf. πεπολίτευμαι.
    to be a citizen, have one’s citizenship/home (Philo, Conf. Lingu. 78 [s. πολίτευμα]) of Christians ἐν οὐρανῷ Dg 5:9 (Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 23 of a deceased person: μετὰ θεῶν πολιτεύεσθαι; Hippol., Ref. 6, 34, 3 of angels: π. ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῇ ἄνω; cp. Iren. 4, 5, 3 [Harv. II 156, 8; here opposite ξενιτεύω ‘live away from home’]).
    to administrate a corporate body, rule
    of a head of state, govern a state abs. (Thu. 2, 15, 1 al.; Jos., Ant. 14, 91 π. ἐν Ἱερος.) of God, who ἐν οὐρανοῖς πολιτεύεται rules in heaven Dg 10:7.
    of church officials (Orig., C. Cels. 3, 30, 15) 1 Cl 44:6.
    to conduct one’s life, live, lead one’s life (UPZ 144, 14 [164/163 B.C.] ὁσίως κ. δικαίως; Hierocles 11, 444; Ps.-Liban., Charact. Ep. p. 31, 5 σεμνῶς; 34, 1; 2 Macc 6:1; 11:25; 3 Macc 3:4; 4 Macc 2:8 al.; ApcEsdr 2:9; Philo, Virt. 161, Spec. Leg. 4, 226; Jos., Ant. 12, 142, Vi. 12; Just., Tat., Ath.; Did., Gen. 153, 28 καλῶς) καλῶς κ. ἁγνῶς Hs 5, 6, 6. ὁσίως 1 Cl 6:1. ἀξίως τινός Phil 1:27 (RBrewer, JBL 73, ’54, 76–83: ‘discharge your obligations as citizens’; EMiller, JSNT 15, ’82, 86–96; EKrentz, in Origins and Method, JHurd Festschr., ed. BMcLean ’93, 114–17); 1 Cl 21:1; Pol 5:2. μετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης 1 Cl 51:2. (W. πορεύεσθαι) πολιτεύεσθαι κατὰ τὸ καθῆκον τῷ Χριστῷ 3:4 (πολ. κατά τι as SIG 618, 12 [188 B.C.]; 2 Macc 11:25; 4 Macc 2:23; EpArist 31; Jos., Ant. 12, 142; Did., Gen. 196, 29); π. πολιτείαν 54:4 (πολιτεία 3). W. a double dat. συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ θεῷ I have lived my life with a clear conscience before God Ac 23:1 (for the dat. τῷ θεῷ cp. PHib 63, 10 [III B.C.] εἰ οὕτως πολιτευσόμεθα ἀλλήλοις).—Straub p. 30. DELG s.v. πόλις. M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πολιτεύομαι

  • 76 ἐγγύς

    ἐγγύς adv. freq. funct. as prep.(Hom.+) comp. ἐγγύτερον (X. et al.; Jos., Ant. 19, 217 [cp. C. Ap. 2, 224 ἐγγίω]); superl. ἔγγιστα (Antiphon, Hippocr. et al.; ins [BCH 18, 1894, p. 324 no. 2, 26; OGI index]; BGU 69, 8; 759, 9; LXX; TestAbr A 2, p. 78, 14 [Stone p. 4], B 13 p. 117, 24 [Stone p. 82]; TestJob 2:2; Joseph. [always; e.g., Bell. 1, 289, Ant. 4, 254]).
    pert. to being in close proximity spatially, near, close to
    abs. ἐ. εἶναι be close by J 19:42; IRo 10:2; Hs 9, 6, 6; αἱ ἐγγὺς κῶμαι the neighboring villages Mk 1:38 D (Appian, Iber. 42 §174 οἱ ἐγγὺς βάρβαροι; likew. Appian, Syr. 42 §220). αἱ ἔγγιστα ἐκκλησίαι the closest assemblies IPhld 10:2; cp. Mk 6:36 D οἱ ἔγγιστα ἀγροί (Dionys. Hal. 1, 22, 1 ἡ ἔγγιστα νῆσος; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 11, 6).
    w. gen. (Hom. et al.; also Joseph. as a rule [Schmidt 379f]; TestDan 6:11; TestJob 2:2) ἐ. τοῦ Σαλίμ J 3:23; ἐ. Ἰερουσαλήμ Lk 19:11; J 11:18; Ac 1:12; ἐ. τῆς πόλεως J 19:20; ἐ. τοῦ τόπου 6:23; ἐ. τῆς ἐρήμου 11:54; ἐ. ὑδάτων Hv 3, 2, 9; 3, 7, 3. W. gen. of pers. Hs 8, 6, 5; 9, 6, 2; ApcPt 20:34.
    w. dat. (Il. 22, 453; X., Cyr. 2, 3, 2; al. in later writers as Polyb. 21, 28, 8; Dionys. Hal. 6, 52. Cp. Kühner-G. I 408; JObrecht, D. echte u. soziative Dativ bei Pausanias, Zürich diss. 1919, 14; Ps 33:19; 144:18; Jos., Ant. 1, 335; 7, 218) Ac 9:38; 27:8.
    ἐ. γίνεσθαι come near (opp. μακρὰν εἶναι) Eph 2:13. W. gen. (Vett. Val. 196, 28f) 2 Cl 7:3; 18:2; ἐ. τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι J 6:19; ἐ. τινος ἔρχεσθαι (Theophanes, Chron. 389, 12f de Boor ἐγγύς σου ἐλθεῖν=come to you; BGU 814, 30f [III A.D.]) Hv 4, 1, 9 (Unknown Sayings 85f quotes Ox 1224, Fgm. 2 recto I, 5 [ἐγγὺς ὑμῶν γ]ενήσεται).
    pert. to being close in point of time, near
    of the future: καιρός Mt 26:18; Rv 1:3; 22:10. Of summer (Herodas 3, 45 ὁ χειμὼν [winter] ἐγγύς) Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; Lk 21:30. Of a festival J 2:13; 6:4; 7:2; 11:55. Of God’s reign Lk 21:31. Of the parousia Phil 4:5; 1 Cl 21:3; B 21:3. Of death Hs 8, 9, 4. ἐγγύτερον ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία, ἢ … our salvation is nearer than … Ro 13:11. Abs. soon ἐ. τὸ ἔργον τελεσθήσεται will soon be completed Hs 9, 10, 2.
    of the past ἔγγιστα a very short time ago 1 Cl 5:1.
    pert. to being close as experience or event, close, extension of mng 1 (Vi. Aesopi I 6 p. 241, 7 Eberh. ἐγγὺς ἡ γνώμη=his purpose is obvious) ἐ. σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν the word is close to you, explained by what follows: in your mouth and your heart Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14); κατάρας ἐ. close to being cursed=under a curse Hb 6:8 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 26, 53 K.=14 p. 343 D.: ἀμήχανον καὶ κατάρας ἐγγύς); ἐ. ἀφανισμοῦ ready to disappear altogether 8:13; οἱ ἐ. (opp. οἱ μακράν as Is 57:19; Esth 9:20; Da 9:7 Theod.; TestNapht 4:5) those who are near Eph 2:17; ἐ. (εἶναι) be near of God Hv 2, 3, 4 (cp. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 87 τινὲς σφόδρα ἐγγὺς παρεστῶτες τοῖς θεοῖς); πάντα ἐ. αὐτῷ ἐστιν everything is near (God) 1 Cl 27:3; cp. IEph 15:3 (Just., A I, 21, 6); ἐ. μαχαίρας ἐ. θεοῦ close to the sword (martyrdom) is close to God ISm 4:2 (cp. Paroem. Gr. II p. 228, Aesop 7 ὁ ἐγγὺς Διός, ἐγγὺς κεραυνοῦ; Pla., Philebus 16c ἐγγυτέρω θεῶν; X., Mem. 1, 6, 10; Pythag., Ep. 2; Crates, Ep. 11 ἐγγυτάτω θεοῦ; Lucian, Cyn. 12 οἱ ἔγγιστα θεοῖς; Wsd 6:19). Agr 3 s.v. πῦρ c. ἐ. ἐπὶ θύραις at (your) very door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—B. 867. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐγγύς

  • 77 ὅς

    ὅς, ἥ, ὅ
    as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.
    As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.
    A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:
    α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21.that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.2 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.
    β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.
    א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.
    ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).
    ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.
    Constructions peculiar in some respect
    α. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.
    β. constructions ‘ad sensum’
    א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.
    ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.
    ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.
    Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.
    α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.
    β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.
    γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.
    δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.
    ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.
    The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latter
    α. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.
    β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.
    γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attraction
    א. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.
    ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.
    δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.
    The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.
    The neut. is used
    α. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.
    β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.
    γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.
    The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.
    taking the place of the interrogative pron.
    α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans3-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.
    β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher2 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.
    combined w. particles
    α. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.
    β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.
    γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).
    δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.
    ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.
    used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:
    α. with ἀντί: ἀνθʼ ὧν (s. ἀντί 4) because Lk 1:20; 19:44; Ac 12:23; 2 Th 2:10; therefore Lk 12:3.
    β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.
    γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.
    δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’
    ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.
    ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.
    Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).
    ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostly
    ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅς

  • 78 Bibliography

     ■ Aitchison, J. (1987). Noam Chomsky: Consensus and controversy. New York: Falmer Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1980). Cognitive psychology and its implications. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1983). The architecture of cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1995). Cognitive psychology and its implications (4th ed.). New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Archilochus (1971). In M. L. West (Ed.), Iambi et elegi graeci (Vol. 1). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Armstrong, D. M. (1990). The causal theory of the mind. In W. G. Lycan (Ed.), Mind and cognition: A reader (pp. 37-47). Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. (Originally published in 1981 in The nature of mind and other essays, Ithaca, NY: University Press).
     ■ Atkins, P. W. (1992). Creation revisited. Oxford: W. H. Freeman & Company.
     ■ Austin, J. L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Bacon, F. (1878). Of the proficience and advancement of learning divine and human. In The works of Francis Bacon (Vol. 1). Cambridge, MA: Hurd & Houghton.
     ■ Bacon, R. (1928). Opus majus (Vol. 2). R. B. Burke (Trans.). Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
     ■ Bar-Hillel, Y. (1960). The present status of automatic translation of languages. In F. L. Alt (Ed.), Advances in computers (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1981). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 1). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1982). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 2). Los Altos, CA: William Kaufman.
     ■ Barron, F. X. (1963). The needs for order and for disorder as motives in creative activity. In C. W. Taylor & F. X. Barron (Eds.), Scientific creativity: Its rec ognition and development (pp. 153-160). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bartley, S. H. (1969). Principles of perception. London: Harper & Row.
     ■ Barzun, J. (1959). The house of intellect. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Beach, F. A., D. O. Hebb, C. T. Morgan & H. W. Nissen (Eds.) (1960). The neu ropsychology of Lashley. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Berkeley, G. (1996). Principles of human knowledge: Three Dialogues. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1710.)
     ■ Berlin, I. (1953). The hedgehog and the fox: An essay on Tolstoy's view of history. NY: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Bierwisch, J. (1970). Semantics. In J. Lyons (Ed.), New horizons in linguistics. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Black, H. C. (1951). Black's law dictionary. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing.
     ■ Bobrow, D. G., & D. A. Norman (1975). Some principles of memory schemata. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representation and understanding: Stud ies in Cognitive Science (pp. 131-149). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1977). Artificial intelligence and natural man. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1981). Minds and mechanisms. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990a). The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. London: Cardinal.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990b). The philosophy of artificial intelligence. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1994). Precis of The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. Behavioral and brain sciences 17, 519-570.
     ■ Boden, M. (1996). Creativity. In M. Boden (Ed.), Artificial Intelligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Bolter, J. D. (1984). Turing's man: Western culture in the computer age. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.
     ■ Bolton, N. (1972). The psychology of thinking. London: Methuen.
     ■ Bourne, L. E. (1973). Some forms of cognition: A critical analysis of several papers. In R. Solso (Ed.), Contemporary issues in cognitive psychology (pp. 313324). Loyola Symposium on Cognitive Psychology (Chicago 1972). Washington, DC: Winston.
     ■ Bransford, J. D., N. S. McCarrell, J. J. Franks & K. E. Nitsch (1977). Toward unexplaining memory. In R. Shaw & J. D. Bransford (Eds.), Perceiving, acting, and knowing (pp. 431-466). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Breger, L. (1981). Freud's unfinished journey. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Brehmer, B. (1986). In one word: Not from experience. In H. R. Arkes & K. Hammond (Eds.), Judgment and decision making: An interdisciplinary reader (pp. 705-719). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bresnan, J. (1978). A realistic transformational grammar. In M. Halle, J. Bresnan & G. A. Miller (Eds.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (pp. 1-59). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Brislin, R. W., W. J. Lonner & R. M. Thorndike (Eds.) (1973). Cross- cultural research methods. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1977). A sense of the future: Essays in natural philosophy. P. E. Ariotti with R. Bronowski (Eds.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1978). The origins of knowledge and imagination. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Brown, R. O. (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Brown, T. (1970). Lectures on the philosophy of the human mind. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 330-387). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Bruner, J. S., J. Goodnow & G. Austin (1956). A study of thinking. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1982). Grammatical man: Information, entropy, language, and life. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1989). The improbable machine. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Carlyle, T. (1966). On heroes, hero- worship and the heroic in history. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. (Originally published in 1841.)
     ■ Carnap, R. (1959). The elimination of metaphysics through logical analysis of language [Ueberwindung der Metaphysik durch logische Analyse der Sprache]. In A. J. Ayer (Ed.), Logical positivism (pp. 60-81) A. Pap (Trans). New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1932.)
     ■ Cassirer, E. (1946). Language and myth. New York: Harper and Brothers. Reprinted. New York: Dover Publications, 1953.
     ■ Cattell, R. B., & H. J. Butcher (1970). Creativity and personality. In P. E. Vernon (Ed.), Creativity. Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books.
     ■ Caudill, M., & C. Butler (1990). Naturally intelligent systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Chandrasekaran, B. (1990). What kind of information processing is intelligence? A perspective on AI paradigms and a proposal. In D. Partridge & R. Wilks (Eds.), The foundations of artificial intelligence: A sourcebook (pp. 14-46). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Charniak, E., & McDermott, D. (1985). Introduction to artificial intelligence. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Chase, W. G., & H. A. Simon (1988). The mind's eye in chess. In A. Collins & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology and artificial intelligence (pp. 461-493). San Mateo, CA: Kaufmann.
     ■ Cheney, D. L., & R. M. Seyfarth (1990). How monkeys see the world: Inside the mind of another species. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Chi, M.T.H., R. Glaser & E. Rees (1982). Expertise in problem solving. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (pp. 7-73). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic structures. The Hague: Mouton. Janua Linguarum.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1964). A transformational approach to syntax. In J. A. Fodor & J. J. Katz (Eds.), The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of lan guage (pp. 211-245). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind (enlarged ed.). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1979). Language and responsibility. New York: Pantheon.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of language: Its nature, origin and use. New York: Praeger Special Studies.
     ■ Churchland, P. (1979). Scientific realism and the plasticity of mind. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. M. (1989). A neurocomputational perspective: The nature of mind and the structure of science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. S. (1986). Neurophilosophy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Clark, A. (1996). Philosophical Foundations. In M. A. Boden (Ed.), Artificial in telligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Clark, H. H., & T. B. Carlson (1981). Context for comprehension. In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance (Vol. 9, pp. 313-330). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Clarke, A. C. (1984). Profiles of the future: An inquiry into the limits of the possible. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
     ■ Claxton, G. (1980). Cognitive psychology: A suitable case for what sort of treatment? In G. Claxton (Ed.), Cognitive psychology: New directions (pp. 1-25). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Code, M. (1985). Order and organism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
     ■ Collingwood, R. G. (1972). The idea of history. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coopersmith, S. (1967). The antecedents of self- esteem. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Copland, A. (1952). Music and imagination. London: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coren, S. (1994). The intelligence of dogs. New York: Bantam Books.
     ■ Cottingham, J. (Ed.) (1996). Western philosophy: An anthology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.
     ■ Cox, C. (1926). The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
     ■ Craik, K.J.W. (1943). The nature of explanation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing (5th ed.). New York: HarperCollins.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J., & R. E. Snow (1977). Aptitudes and instructional methods. New York: Irvington. Paperback edition, 1981.
     ■ Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1993). The evolving self. New York: Harper Perennial.
     ■ Culler, J. (1976). Ferdinand de Saussure. New York: Penguin Books.
     ■ Curtius, E. R. (1973). European literature and the Latin Middle Ages. W. R. Trask (Trans.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ D'Alembert, J.L.R. (1963). Preliminary discourse to the encyclopedia of Diderot. R. N. Schwab (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Damasio, A. (1994). Descartes' error: Emotion, reason, and the human brain. New York: Avon.
     ■ Dampier, W. C. (1966). A history of modern science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Darwin, C. (1911). The life and letters of Charles Darwin (Vol. 1). Francis Darwin (Ed.). New York: Appleton.
     ■ Davidson, D. (1970) Mental events. In L. Foster & J. W. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theory (pp. 79-101). Amherst: University of Massachussetts Press.
     ■ Davies, P. (1995). About time: Einstein's unfinished revolution. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Davis, R., & J. J. King (1977). An overview of production systems. In E. Elcock & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 8. Chichester, England: Ellis Horwood.
     ■ Davis, R., & D. B. Lenat (1982). Knowledge- based systems in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Dawkins, R. (1982). The extended phenotype: The gene as the unit of selection. Oxford: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ deKleer, J., & J. S. Brown (1983). Assumptions and ambiguities in mechanistic mental models (1983). In D. Gentner & A. L. Stevens (Eds.), Mental modes (pp. 155-190). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978a). Brainstorms: Philosophical essays on mind and psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978b). Toward a cognitive theory of consciousness. In D. C. Dennett, Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Descartes, R. (1897-1910). Traite de l'homme. In Oeuvres de Descartes (Vol. 11, pp. 119-215). Paris: Charles Adam & Paul Tannery. (Originally published in 1634.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1950). Discourse on method. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1951). Meditation on first philosophy. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1955). The philosophical works of Descartes. E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Trans.). New York: Dover. (Originally published in 1911 by Cambridge University Press.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1967). Discourse on method (Pt. V). In E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 106-118). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970a). Discourse on method. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 181-200). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970b). Principles of philosophy. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 178-291). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1644.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1984). Meditations on first philosophy. In J. Cottingham, R. Stoothoff & D. Murduch (Trans.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1986). Meditations on first philosophy. J. Cottingham (Trans.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641 as Med itationes de prima philosophia.)
     ■ deWulf, M. (1956). An introduction to scholastic philosophy. Mineola, NY: Dover Books.
     ■ Dixon, N. F. (1981). Preconscious processing. London: Wiley.
     ■ Doyle, A. C. (1986). The Boscombe Valley mystery. In Sherlock Holmes: The com plete novels and stories (Vol. 1). New York: Bantam.
     ■ Dreyfus, H., & S. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L. (1972). What computers can't do: The limits of artificial intelligence (revised ed.). New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L., & S. E. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine: The power of human intuition and expertise in the era of the computer. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Edelman, G. M. (1992). Bright air, brilliant fire: On the matter of the mind. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Ehrenzweig, A. (1967). The hidden order of art. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
     ■ Einstein, A., & L. Infeld (1938). The evolution of physics. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Eisenstein, S. (1947). Film sense. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.
     ■ Everdell, W. R. (1997). The first moderns. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1977). Human memory: Theory, research and individual difference. Oxford: Pergamon.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1982). Attention and arousal: Cognition and performance. Berlin: Springer.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1984). A handbook of cognitive psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Fancher, R. E. (1979). Pioneers of psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Farrell, B. A. (1981). The standing of psychoanalysis. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Feldman, D. H. (1980). Beyond universals in cognitive development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Fetzer, J. H. (1996). Philosophy and cognitive science (2nd ed.). New York: Paragon House.
     ■ Finke, R. A. (1990). Creative imagery: Discoveries and inventions in visualization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Flanagan, O. (1991). The science of the mind. Cambridge MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Fodor, J. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Frege, G. (1972). Conceptual notation. T. W. Bynum (Trans.). Oxford: Clarendon Press. (Originally published in 1879.)
     ■ Frege, G. (1979). Logic. In H. Hermes, F. Kambartel & F. Kaulbach (Eds.), Gottlob Frege: Posthumous writings. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Originally published in 1879-1891.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1959). Creative writers and day-dreaming. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 9, pp. 143-153). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Freud, S. (1966). Project for a scientific psychology. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The stan dard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 1, pp. 295-398). London: Hogarth Press. (Originally published in 1950 as Aus den AnfaЁngen der Psychoanalyse, in London by Imago Publishing.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1976). Lecture 18-Fixation to traumas-the unconscious. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 16, p. 285). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Galileo, G. (1990). Il saggiatore [The assayer]. In S. Drake (Ed.), Discoveries and opinions of Galileo. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1623.)
     ■ Gassendi, P. (1970). Letter to Descartes. In "Objections and replies." In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2, pp. 179-240). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Gazzaniga, M. S. (1988). Mind matters: How mind and brain interact to create our conscious lives. Boston: Houghton Mifflin in association with MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Genesereth, M. R., & N. J. Nilsson (1987). Logical foundations of artificial intelligence. Palo Alto, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1952). The creative process. New York: Mentor.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1985). The creative process. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1952.)
     ■ Gilhooly, K. J. (1996). Thinking: Directed, undirected and creative (3rd ed.). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Glass, A. L., K. J. Holyoak & J. L. Santa (1979). Cognition. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley.
     ■ Goody, J. (1977). The domestication of the savage mind. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E. (1980). Darwin on man: A psychological study of scientific creativity (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E., & S. Davis (1988). Inching our way up Mount Olympus: The evolving systems approach to creative thinking. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Guthrie, E. R. (1972). The psychology of learning. New York: Harper. (Originally published in 1935.)
     ■ Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston: Beacon Press.
     ■ Hadamard, J. (1945). The psychology of invention in the mathematical field. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Hand, D. J. (1985). Artificial intelligence and psychiatry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Harris, M. (1981). The language myth. London: Duckworth.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (Ed.) (1981). Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981a). The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 243-281). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981b). Semantic engines: An introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 1-34). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence: The very idea. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Hawkes, T. (1977). Structuralism and semiotics. Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organisation of behaviour. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1958). A textbook of psychology. Philadelphia: Saunders.
     ■ Hegel, G.W.F. (1910). The phenomenology of mind. J. B. Baille (Trans.). London: Sonnenschein. (Originally published as Phaenomenologie des Geistes, 1807.)
     ■ Heisenberg, W. (1958). Physics and philosophy. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Hempel, C. G. (1966). Philosophy of natural science. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.
     ■ Herman, A. (1997). The idea of decline in Western history. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Herrnstein, R. J., & E. G. Boring (Eds.) (1965). A source book in the history of psy chology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Herzmann, E. (1964). Mozart's creative process. In P. H. Lang (Ed.), The creative world of Mozart (pp. 17-30). London: Oldbourne Press.
     ■ Hilgard, E. R. (1957). Introduction to psychology. London: Methuen.
     ■ Hobbes, T. (1651). Leviathan. London: Crooke.
     ■ Hofstadter, D. R. (1979). Goedel, Escher, Bach: An eternal golden braid. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Holliday, S. G., & M. J. Chandler (1986). Wisdom: Explorations in adult competence. Basel, Switzerland: Karger.
     ■ Horn, J. L. (1986). In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 3). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
     ■ Hull, C. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Hume, D. (1955). An inquiry concerning human understanding. New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1975). An enquiry concerning human understanding. In L. A. SelbyBigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (Spelling and punctuation revised.) (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1978). A treatise of human nature. L. A. Selby-Bigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (With some modifications of spelling and punctuation.) (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Hunt, E. (1973). The memory we must have. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language. (pp. 343-371) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Husserl, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
     ■ Inhelder, B., & J. Piaget (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1955 as De la logique de l'enfant a` la logique de l'adolescent. [Paris: Presses Universitaire de France])
     ■ James, W. (1890a). The principles of psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Dover Books.
     ■ James, W. (1890b). The principles of psychology. New York: Henry Holt.
     ■ Jevons, W. S. (1900). The principles of science (2nd ed.). London: Macmillan.
     ■ Johnson, G. (1986). Machinery of the mind: Inside the new science of artificial intelli gence. New York: Random House.
     ■ Johnson, M. L. (1988). Mind, language, machine. New York: St. Martin's Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental models: Toward a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1988). The computer and the mind: An introduction to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Jones, E. (1961). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. L. Trilling & S. Marcus (Eds.). London: Hogarth.
     ■ Jones, R. V. (1985). Complementarity as a way of life. In A. P. French & P. J. Kennedy (Eds.), Niels Bohr: A centenary volume. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Kant, I. (1933). Critique of Pure Reason (2nd ed.). N. K. Smith (Trans.). London: Macmillan. (Originally published in 1781 as Kritik der reinen Vernunft.)
     ■ Kant, I. (1891). Solution of the general problems of the Prolegomena. In E. Belfort (Trans.), Kant's Prolegomena. London: Bell. (With minor modifications.) (Originally published in 1783.)
     ■ Katona, G. (1940). Organizing and memorizing: Studies in the psychology of learning and teaching. New York: Columbia University Press.
     ■ Kaufman, A. S. (1979). Intelligent testing with the WISC-R. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Koestler, A. (1964). The act of creation. New York: Arkana (Penguin).
     ■ Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development and epistemology. (pp. 151-235) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1927). The mentality of apes (2nd ed.). Ella Winter (Trans.). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1930). Gestalt psychology. London: G. Bell.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1947). Gestalt psychology. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1969). The task of Gestalt psychology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Kuhn, T. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Langer, E. J. (1989). Mindfulness. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Langer, S. (1962). Philosophical sketches. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Langley, P., H. A. Simon, G. L. Bradshaw & J. M. Zytkow (1987). Scientific dis covery: Computational explorations of the creative process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Lashley, K. S. (1951). The problem of serial order in behavior. In L. A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior, the Hixon Symposium (pp. 112-146) New York: Wiley.
     ■ LeDoux, J. E., & W. Hirst (1986). Mind and brain: Dialogues in cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Lehnert, W. (1978). The process of question answering. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Leiber, J. (1991). Invitation to cognitive science. Oxford: Blackwell.
     ■ Lenat, D. B., & G. Harris (1978). Designing a rule system that searches for scientific discoveries. In D. A. Waterman & F. Hayes-Roth (Eds.), Pattern directed inference systems (pp. 25-52) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Levenson, T. (1995). Measure for measure: A musical history of science. New York: Touchstone. (Originally published in 1994.)
     ■ Leґvi-Strauss, C. (1963). Structural anthropology. C. Jacobson & B. Grundfest Schoepf (Trans.). New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1958.)
     ■ Levine, M. W., & J. M. Schefner (1981). Fundamentals of sensation and perception. London: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Lewis, C. I. (1946). An analysis of knowledge and valuation. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Lighthill, J. (1972). A report on artificial intelligence. Unpublished manuscript, Science Research Council.
     ■ Lipman, M., A. M. Sharp & F. S. Oscanyan (1980). Philosophy in the classroom. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
     ■ Lippmann, W. (1965). Public opinion. New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1922.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1956). An essay concerning human understanding. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co. (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1975). An essay concerning human understanding. P. H. Nidditch (Ed.). Oxford: Clarendon. (Originally published in 1690.) (With spelling and punctuation modernized and some minor modifications of phrasing.)
     ■ Lopate, P. (1994). The art of the personal essay. New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books.
     ■ Lorimer, F. (1929). The growth of reason. London: Kegan Paul. Machlup, F., & U. Mansfield (Eds.) (1983). The study of information. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Manguel, A. (1996). A history of reading. New York: Viking.
     ■ Margolis, H. (1987). Patterns, thinking, and cognition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Markey, J. F. (1928). The symbolic process. London: Kegan Paul.
     ■ Martin, R. M. (1969). On Ziff's "Natural and formal languages." In S. Hook (Ed.), Language and philosophy: A symposium (pp. 249-263). New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Mazlish, B. (1993). The fourth discontinuity: the co- evolution of humans and machines. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ McCarthy, J., & P. J. Hayes (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 4. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
     ■ McClelland, J. L., D. E. Rumelhart & G. E. Hinton (1986). The appeal of parallel distributed processing. In D. E. Rumelhart, J. L. McClelland & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the mi crostructure of cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 3-40). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/ Bradford Books.
     ■ McCorduck, P. (1979). Machines who think. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ McLaughlin, T. (1970). Music and communication. London: Faber & Faber.
     ■ Mednick, S. A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process. Psychological Review 69, 431-436.
     ■ Meehl, P. E., & C. J. Golden (1982). Taxometric methods. In Kendall, P. C., & Butcher, J. N. (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in clinical psychology (pp. 127-182). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Mehler, J., E.C.T. Walker & M. Garrett (Eds.) (1982). Perspectives on mental rep resentation: Experimental and theoretical studies of cognitive processes and ca pacities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Mill, J. S. (1900). A system of logic, ratiocinative and inductive: Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation. London: Longmans, Green.
     ■ Miller, G. A. (1979, June). A very personal history. Talk to the Cognitive Science Workshop, Cambridge, MA.
     ■ Miller, J. (1983). States of mind. New York: Pantheon Books.
     ■ Minsky, M. (1975). A framework for representing knowledge. In P. H. Winston (Ed.), The psychology of computer vision (pp. 211-277). New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Minsky, M., & S. Papert (1973). Artificial intelligence. Condon Lectures, Oregon State System of Higher Education, Eugene, Oregon.
     ■ Minsky, M. L. (1986). The society of mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Mischel, T. (1976). Psychological explanations and their vicissitudes. In J. K. Cole & W. J. Arnold (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on motivation (Vol. 23). Lincoln, NB: University of Nebraska Press.
     ■ Morford, M.P.O., & R. J. Lenardon (1995). Classical mythology (5th ed.). New York: Longman.
     ■ Murdoch, I. (1954). Under the net. New York: Penguin.
     ■ Nagel, E. (1959). Methodological issues in psychoanalytic theory. In S. Hook (Ed.), Psychoanalysis, scientific method, and philosophy: A symposium. New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1979). Mortal questions. London: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1986). The view from nowhere. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1972). Changing conceptions of imagery. In P. W. Sheehan (Ed.), The function and nature of imagery (pp. 233-251). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1976). Cognition and reality. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1978). Memory: What are the important questions? In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (pp. 3-24). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1979). The concept of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg & D. K. Detterman (Eds.), Human intelligence: Perspectives on its theory and measurement (pp. 179-190). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Nersessian, N. (1992). How do scientists think? Capturing the dynamics of conceptual change in science. In R. N. Giere (Ed.), Cognitive models of science (pp. 3-44). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973a). Artificial intelligence and the concept of mind. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 1-60). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973b). You can't play 20 questions with nature and win. In W. G. Chase (Ed.), Visual information processing (pp. 283-310). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1963). GPS: A program that simulates human thought. In E. A. Feigenbaum & J. Feldman (Eds.), Computers and thought (pp. 279-293). New York & McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Nietzsche, F. (1966). Beyond good and evil. W. Kaufmann (Trans.). New York: Vintage. (Originally published in 1885.)
     ■ Nilsson, N. J. (1971). Problem- solving methods in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Nussbaum, M. C. (1978). Aristotle's Princeton University Press. De Motu Anamalium. Princeton, NJ:
     ■ Oersted, H. C. (1920). Thermo-electricity. In Kirstine Meyer (Ed.), H. C. Oersted, Natuurvidenskabelige Skrifter (Vol. 2). Copenhagen: n.p. (Originally published in 1830 in The Edinburgh encyclopaedia.)
     ■ Ong, W. J. (1982). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word. London: Methuen.
     ■ Onians, R. B. (1954). The origins of European thought. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1960). Method and theory in experimental psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1953.)
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1966). Language universals and psycholinguistics. In J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language (2nd ed., pp. 299-322). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Palmer, R. E. (1969). Hermeneutics. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Peirce, C. S. (1934). Some consequences of four incapacities-Man, a sign. In C. Hartsborne & P. Weiss (Eds.), Collected papers of Charles Saunders Peirce (Vol. 5, pp. 185-189). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Penfield, W. (1959). In W. Penfield & L. Roberts, Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Penrose, R. (1994). Shadows of the mind: A search for the missing science of conscious ness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Perkins, D. N. (1981). The mind's best work. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Peterfreund, E. (1986). The heuristic approach to psychoanalytic therapy. In
     ■ J. Reppen (Ed.), Analysts at work, (pp. 127-144). Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1952). The origin of intelligence in children. New York: International Universities Press. (Originally published in 1936.)
     ■ Piaget, J. (1954). Le langage et les opeґrations intellectuelles. Proble` mes de psycho linguistique. Symposium de l'Association de Psychologie Scientifique de Langue Francёaise. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1977). Problems of equilibration. In H. E. Gruber & J. J. Voneche (Eds.), The essential Piaget (pp. 838-841). London: Routlege & Kegan Paul. (Originally published in 1975 as L'eґquilibration des structures cognitives [Paris: Presses Universitaires de France].)
     ■ Piaget, J., & B. Inhelder. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct. New York: Morrow.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1996). Facts about human language relevant to its evolution. In J.-P. Changeux & J. Chavaillon (Eds.), Origins of the human brain. A symposium of the Fyssen foundation (pp. 262-283). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Planck, M. (1949). Scientific autobiography and other papers. F. Gaynor (Trans.). New York: Philosophical Library.
     ■ Planck, M. (1990). Wissenschaftliche Selbstbiographie. W. Berg (Ed.). Halle, Germany: Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina.
     ■ Plato (1892). Meno. In The Dialogues of Plato (B. Jowett, Trans.; Vol. 2). New York: Clarendon. (Originally published circa 380 B.C.)
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1913). Mathematical creation. In The foundations of science. G. B. Halsted (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1921). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. G. B. Halstead (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1929). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1952). Science and method. F. Maitland (Trans.) New York: Dover.
     ■ Polya, G. (1945). How to solve it. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Polanyi, M. (1958). Personal knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Popper, K. (1968). Conjectures and refutations: The growth of scientific knowledge. New York: Harper & Row/Basic Books.
     ■ Popper, K., & J. Eccles (1977). The self and its brain. New York: Springer-Verlag.
     ■ Popper, K. R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1975). Mind, language and reality: Philosophical papers (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1987). The faces of realism. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1981). The imagery debate: Analog media versus tacit knowledge. In N. Block (Ed.), Imagery (pp. 151-206). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1984). Computation and cognition: Towards a foundation for cog nitive science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Quillian, M. R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky (Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp. 216-260). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Quine, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Rabbitt, P.M.A., & S. Dornic (Eds.). Attention and performance (Vol. 5). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rawlins, G.J.E. (1997). Slaves of the Machine: The quickening of computer technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Reid, T. (1970). An inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 151-178). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Reitman, W. (1970). What does it take to remember? In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models of human memory (pp. 470-510). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Ricoeur, P. (1974). Structure and hermeneutics. In D. I. Ihde (Ed.), The conflict of interpretations: Essays in hermeneutics (pp. 27-61). Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Robinson, D. N. (1986). An intellectual history of psychology. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
     ■ Rorty, R. (1979). Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1977). Human categorization. In N. Warren (Ed.), Studies in cross cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1-49) London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization (pp. 27-48). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rosch, E., & B. B. Lloyd (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rose, S. (1970). The chemistry of life. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Rose, S. (1976). The conscious brain (updated ed.). New York: Random House.
     ■ Rose, S. (1993). The making of memory: From molecules to mind. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1992)
     ■ Roszak, T. (1994). The cult of information: A neo- Luddite treatise on high- tech, artificial intelligence, and the true art of thinking (2nd ed.). Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Royce, J. R., & W. W. Rozeboom (Eds.) (1972). The psychology of knowing. New York: Gordon & Breach.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1977). Introduction to human information processing. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1980). Schemata: The building blocks of cognition. In R. J. Spiro, B. Bruce & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., & J. L. McClelland (1986). On learning the past tenses of English verbs. In J. L. McClelland & D. E. Rumelhart (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition (Vol. 2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., P. Smolensky, J. L. McClelland & G. E. Hinton (1986). Schemata and sequential thought processes in PDP models. In J. L. McClelland, D. E. Rumelhart & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing (Vol. 2, pp. 7-57). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Russell, B. (1927). An outline of philosophy. London: G. Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1961). History of Western philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1965). How I write. In Portraits from memory and other essays. London: Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1992). In N. Griffin (Ed.), The selected letters of Bertrand Russell (Vol. 1), The private years, 1884- 1914. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Ryecroft, C. (1966). Psychoanalysis observed. London: Constable.
     ■ Sagan, C. (1978). The dragons of Eden: Speculations on the evolution of human intel ligence. New York: Ballantine Books.
     ■ Salthouse, T. A. (1992). Expertise as the circumvention of human processing limitations. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Sanford, A. J. (1987). The mind of man: Models of human understanding. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1964). Culture, language, and personality. Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1941.)
     ■ Sapir, E. (1985). The status of linguistics as a science. In D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (pp. 160166). Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1929).
     ■ Scardmalia, M., & C. Bereiter (1992). Literate expertise. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing. New York: Grune & Stratten.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1973). Identification of conceptualizations underlying natural language. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 187-248). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1976). The role of memory in language processing. In C. N. Cofer (Ed.), The structure of human memory. (pp. 162-189) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1986). Explanation patterns: Understanding mechanically and creatively. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Schank, R. C., & R. P. Abelson (1977). Scripts, plans, goals, and understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ SchroЁdinger, E. (1951). Science and humanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981a). Minds, brains, and programs. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 282-306). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981b). Minds, brains and programs. In D. Hofstadter & D. Dennett (Eds.), The mind's I (pp. 353-373). New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1983). Intentionality. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Serres, M. (1982). The origin of language: Biology, information theory, and thermodynamics. M. Anderson (Trans.). In J. V. Harari & D. F. Bell (Eds.), Hermes: Literature, science, philosophy (pp. 71-83). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1966). Scientific discovery and the psychology of problem solving. In R. G. Colodny (Ed.), Mind and cosmos: Essays in contemporary science and philosophy (pp. 22-40). Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1979). Models of thought. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1989). The scientist as a problem solver. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.), Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert Simon. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Simon, H. A., & C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of cognitive science. In M. Posner (Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science (pp. 1-47). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Simonton, D. K. (1988). Creativity, leadership and chance. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Skinner, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New York: Knopf.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1988). Concepts and thought. In J. Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of human thought (pp. 19-49). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1990). Thinking: Introduction. In D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Thinking. An invitation to cognitive science. (Vol. 3, pp. 1-2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Socrates. (1958). Meno. In E. H. Warmington & P. O. Rouse (Eds.), Great dialogues of Plato W.H.D. Rouse (Trans.). New York: New American Library. (Original publication date unknown.)
     ■ Solso, R. L. (1974). Theories of retrieval. In R. L. Solso (Ed.), Theories in cognitive psychology. Potomac, MD: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Spencer, H. (1896). The principles of psychology. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts.
     ■ Steiner, G. (1975). After Babel: Aspects of language and translation. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1977). Intelligence, information processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1994). Intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, Thinking and problem solving. San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J., & J. E. Davidson (1985). Cognitive development in gifted and talented. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented (pp. 103-135). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
     ■ Storr, A. (1993). The dynamics of creation. New York: Ballantine Books. (Originally published in 1972.)
     ■ Stumpf, S. E. (1994). Philosophy: History and problems (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Sulloway, F. J. (1996). Born to rebel: Birth order, family dynamics, and creative lives. New York: Random House/Vintage Books.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1906). Principles of teaching. New York: A. G. Seiler.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1970). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. Darien, CT: Hafner Publishing Co. (Originally published in 1911.)
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1910). A textbook of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1914). A primer of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Toulmin, S. (1957). The philosophy of science. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organisation of memory. London: Academic Press.
     ■ Turing, A. (1946). In B. E. Carpenter & R. W. Doran (Eds.), ACE reports of 1946 and other papers. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Turkle, S. (1984). Computers and the second self: Computers and the human spirit. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Tyler, S. A. (1978). The said and the unsaid: Mind, meaning, and culture. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ van Heijenoort (Ed.) (1967). From Frege to Goedel. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Varela, F. J. (1984). The creative circle: Sketches on the natural history of circularity. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality (pp. 309-324). New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Voltaire (1961). On the Penseґs of M. Pascal. In Philosophical letters (pp. 119-146). E. Dilworth (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997a). Cognitive science and the symbolic operations of human and artificial intelligence: Theory and research into the intellective processes. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997b). The general unified theory of intelligence: Central conceptions and specific application to domains of cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1998a). Cognitive science and the mind- body problem: From philosophy to psychology to artificial intelligence to imaging of the brain. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1999). The human mind according to artificial intelligence: Theory, re search, and implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wall, R. (1972). Introduction to mathematical linguistics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Wallas, G. (1926). The Art of Thought. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co.
     ■ Wason, P. (1977). Self contradictions. In P. Johnson-Laird & P. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Wason, P. C., & P. N. Johnson-Laird. (1972). Psychology of reasoning: Structure and content. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Watson, J. (1930). Behaviorism. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Watzlawick, P. (1984). Epilogue. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality. New York: W. W. Norton, 1984.
     ■ Weinberg, S. (1977). The first three minutes: A modern view of the origin of the uni verse. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Weisberg, R. W. (1986). Creativity: Genius and other myths. New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer power and human reason: From judgment to cal culation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Wertheimer, M. (1945). Productive thinking. New York: Harper & Bros.
     ■ Whitehead, A. N. (1925). Science and the modern world. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Whorf, B. L. (1956). In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Whyte, L. L. (1962). The unconscious before Freud. New York: Anchor Books.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1954). The human use of human beings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1964). God & Golem, Inc.: A comment on certain points where cybernetics impinges on religion. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winograd, T. (1972). Understanding natural language. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (1987). Artificial intelligence: A perspective. In E. L. Grimson & R. S. Patil (Eds.), AI in the 1980s and beyond (pp. 1-12). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (Ed.) (1975). The psychology of computer vision. New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1953). Philosophical investigations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1958). The blue and brown books. New York: Harper Colophon.
     ■ Woods, W. A. (1975). What's in a link: Foundations for semantic networks. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representations and understanding: Studies in cognitive science (pp. 35-84). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Woodworth, R. S. (1938). Experimental psychology. New York: Holt; London: Methuen (1939).
     ■ Wundt, W. (1904). Principles of physiological psychology (Vol. 1). E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Wundt, W. (1907). Lectures on human and animal psychology. J. E. Creighton & E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Young, J. Z. (1978). Programs of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Ziman, J. (1978). Reliable knowledge: An exploration of the grounds for belief in science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Bibliography

  • 79 סרג

    סָרַג(b. h. שָׂרַג; Saf. of אָרַג), Pi. סֵירֵג (to interlace, plait, to strap (in zig-zag); to girth. Kel. XVI, 1 משיְסָרֵג בהוכ׳ from the time he made three meshes of girthing. Tosef. ib. B. Bath.I, 12 סֵירְגֹו במשיחיתוכ׳ if he strapped it (the disjointed frame) with cords Ib. B. Mets.IX, 4 (read:) שהוא מְסָרֵג בו את המטה with which one girths the bedstead. M. Kat. I, 8 ומסָרְגִין את המטות you may girth the bedsteads (during the festive week). Y.Ber.III, beg.5d, a. e. כל שמסרגין עלוכ׳ a bedstead on which the girths are drawn on top is called miṭṭah, when drawn beneath, dargesh; Ned.56b (v. אַבְקָתָא); a. fr.Trnsf. a) to unite, combine. Gen. R. s. 85 (ref. to the chronological disorder in the Book of Daniel, in going from Belshazzar (ch. 5) to Darius (ch. 6), again to the first year of B. (ch. 7), and to the third year of B. (ch. 8) unite כדי לסָרֵג עלוכ׳ in order to combine the entire section as one written in the spirit of holiness; Yalk. ib. 144; Yalk. Dan. 1063 לִסְרֹוג (perh. to be read לסָרֵיג).b) to make a partition by means of net-work, like lattices Tosef.Men. X, 23 ומסרגין שם כנגדוכ׳ and there they fence in an area of about three Sah.Part. pass. מְסֹורָג. Ber.57b, v. next w. 2) to do a thing in a manner in which straps are drawn in bedsteads, i. e. in zig-zag; to skip. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 3 סֵירְגָה להוכ׳ if she skipped four days (beyond the ordinary period of menstruation); Nidd.64a סירגה ליוםוכ׳ if she skipped (from the twenty-first) to the twenty-fourth day. Y.Gitt.VII, 48c bot. ובלבד במְסָרְגִין לו provided they put cross-questions to him alternately (one question to which a positive, and one to which a negative answer are expected, so as to test his sanity).Part. pass. מְסֹורָג; f. מְסֹורֶגֶת; pl. מְסֹורָגִים, מְסֹורָגִין; מְסֹורָגֹות. Mekh. Yithro, Baḥod. s. 6 (read as;) Yalk. Ex. 292 (ref. to Ex. 20:5) בזמן שהן אינן מסורגין או בזמן שהן מס׳ (not מסרגין) are the sins of the fathers visited upon the children when the succession is uninterrupted, or even when interrupted (by a good generation)? Y.Snh.I, 19c bot. מס׳ עלו the differently marked ballots came up alternately. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 13, v. סֵירוּג.Trnsf. a) to write in broken lines (leaving a vacant space in the middle of the line); to spread. Treat. Sofrim I, 11 מְסָרְגֹווכ׳ he spreads the writing so as to make a small column of it.Part. pass. as ab. Ib. 10 רצוף שעשאו מס׳ או מס׳וכ׳ if he wrote in broken lines what is to be written in continuous lines or vice versa; או שעשה המס׳ שלא כהלכתו or if he did the spreading not in accordance with the rule.b) to trace cross-lines on stone, to carve designs. Pesik. ‘Ăniya, p. 137a> מְסָרְגִין בו carving it; Yalk. Is. 339 (omitted in Pesik. R. s. 3 2); v. סָתַת.V. סִירוּג. Hithpa. הִסְתָּרֵג to be provided with girths, be strapped. Ned.56b אי מטה מִסְתָּרֶגֶת על גבה if it be, that miṭṭah is a couch, the straps of which are drawn over the frame

    Jewish literature > סרג

  • 80 סָרַג

    סָרַג(b. h. שָׂרַג; Saf. of אָרַג), Pi. סֵירֵג (to interlace, plait, to strap (in zig-zag); to girth. Kel. XVI, 1 משיְסָרֵג בהוכ׳ from the time he made three meshes of girthing. Tosef. ib. B. Bath.I, 12 סֵירְגֹו במשיחיתוכ׳ if he strapped it (the disjointed frame) with cords Ib. B. Mets.IX, 4 (read:) שהוא מְסָרֵג בו את המטה with which one girths the bedstead. M. Kat. I, 8 ומסָרְגִין את המטות you may girth the bedsteads (during the festive week). Y.Ber.III, beg.5d, a. e. כל שמסרגין עלוכ׳ a bedstead on which the girths are drawn on top is called miṭṭah, when drawn beneath, dargesh; Ned.56b (v. אַבְקָתָא); a. fr.Trnsf. a) to unite, combine. Gen. R. s. 85 (ref. to the chronological disorder in the Book of Daniel, in going from Belshazzar (ch. 5) to Darius (ch. 6), again to the first year of B. (ch. 7), and to the third year of B. (ch. 8) unite כדי לסָרֵג עלוכ׳ in order to combine the entire section as one written in the spirit of holiness; Yalk. ib. 144; Yalk. Dan. 1063 לִסְרֹוג (perh. to be read לסָרֵיג).b) to make a partition by means of net-work, like lattices Tosef.Men. X, 23 ומסרגין שם כנגדוכ׳ and there they fence in an area of about three Sah.Part. pass. מְסֹורָג. Ber.57b, v. next w. 2) to do a thing in a manner in which straps are drawn in bedsteads, i. e. in zig-zag; to skip. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 3 סֵירְגָה להוכ׳ if she skipped four days (beyond the ordinary period of menstruation); Nidd.64a סירגה ליוםוכ׳ if she skipped (from the twenty-first) to the twenty-fourth day. Y.Gitt.VII, 48c bot. ובלבד במְסָרְגִין לו provided they put cross-questions to him alternately (one question to which a positive, and one to which a negative answer are expected, so as to test his sanity).Part. pass. מְסֹורָג; f. מְסֹורֶגֶת; pl. מְסֹורָגִים, מְסֹורָגִין; מְסֹורָגֹות. Mekh. Yithro, Baḥod. s. 6 (read as;) Yalk. Ex. 292 (ref. to Ex. 20:5) בזמן שהן אינן מסורגין או בזמן שהן מס׳ (not מסרגין) are the sins of the fathers visited upon the children when the succession is uninterrupted, or even when interrupted (by a good generation)? Y.Snh.I, 19c bot. מס׳ עלו the differently marked ballots came up alternately. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 13, v. סֵירוּג.Trnsf. a) to write in broken lines (leaving a vacant space in the middle of the line); to spread. Treat. Sofrim I, 11 מְסָרְגֹווכ׳ he spreads the writing so as to make a small column of it.Part. pass. as ab. Ib. 10 רצוף שעשאו מס׳ או מס׳וכ׳ if he wrote in broken lines what is to be written in continuous lines or vice versa; או שעשה המס׳ שלא כהלכתו or if he did the spreading not in accordance with the rule.b) to trace cross-lines on stone, to carve designs. Pesik. ‘Ăniya, p. 137a> מְסָרְגִין בו carving it; Yalk. Is. 339 (omitted in Pesik. R. s. 3 2); v. סָתַת.V. סִירוּג. Hithpa. הִסְתָּרֵג to be provided with girths, be strapped. Ned.56b אי מטה מִסְתָּרֶגֶת על גבה if it be, that miṭṭah is a couch, the straps of which are drawn over the frame

    Jewish literature > סָרַג

См. также в других словарях:

  • Rule 144 — USA An SEC rule that permits resales or secondary distributions of restricted securities and control securities. Rule 144 of the Securities Act provides that a compliant resale does not involve a distribution of securities. So, a person complying …   Law dictionary

  • Rule 144 — See SEC Rule 144. American Banker Glossary Restricts solicitation of buyers to complete the sell order of an insider ( insiders) (unless the firm is already a buyer); signified by a flashing E on Quotron. Bloomberg Financial Dictionary …   Financial and business terms

  • Rule 144 — A Securities and Exchange Commission rule that sets the conditions under which restricted, unregistered and control securities can be sold. These are the five conditions that must be met for these securities to be sold: 1. The prescribed holding… …   Investment dictionary

  • Rule 701 — USA A rule under the Securities Act that provides a holder of unregistered securities received pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan may resell those securities in the public markets without registration under the Securities Act. In… …   Law dictionary

  • SEC Rule 144 — A rule issued by the SEC that governs stock issued under special circumstances. See control stock, dribble rule and restricted stock. American Banker Glossary …   Financial and business terms

  • 144 (number) — ← 143 145 → 144 ← 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 …   Wikipedia

  • Rule 144A — Die Börsen und Aktiengesetze der Vereinigten Staaten sind die Gesetze, die die Einrichtung und den Umgang mit Börsen, Aktiengesellschaften, Aktien und sonstigen börsennotierten Finanzprodukten in den Vereinigten Staaten regeln. Inhaltsverzeichnis …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Form 144 — On December 6, 2007, the SEC published final rules revising Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, which regulates the resale of restricted securities and securities held by affiliates. The amendments to Rule 144, among other things:#Shorten… …   Wikipedia

  • Form 144 — A form that must be filed with the SEC when an executive officer, director, or affiliate of a company places an order to sell that company s stock. Also known as Rule 144. There are five basic requirements fill in order to sell under 144: 1. The… …   Investment dictionary

  • dribble rule — An unofficial name for a provision in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144. The dribble rule is a limit on how much restricted or controlled stock can be sold within a period. American Banker Glossary …   Financial and business terms

  • Net capital rule — The uniform net capital rule is a rule created by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ( SEC ) in 1975 to regulate directly the ability of broker dealers to meet their financial obligations to customers and other creditors.[1] Broker… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»